The books in the CLR are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
TR 860 Digital cinematography
PN 1995.9 P7 Motion pictures Production and direction
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Cinematography?
Test out cinematography AND digital or "digital cinematography" as searches and see what you can find.
Immersive and practical, AB Film is designed to to produce dynamic and versatile graduates with first-hand experience in the production of cinema and film media.
Graduates of AB Film will be exposed to every facet of the industry but, by their third year, will specialize in their chosen field; be it scriptwriting, cinematography, production management, postproduction, and documentary & non-fiction filmmaking.
The program utilizes various storytelling techniques from all over the world but with an emphasis in leading the students to telling Filipino stories to a global audience. Film is constantly evolving and the program honors tradition while encouraging innovation and fresh ideas. To publics and external partners, the program is branded and recognized by the name BenildeFilm.
Upon completing the Film Program, the graduate should:
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Film available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines and online databases are recommended for the entire Film program.
QUICK LINKS
3D graphics & animation can take your projects to the next level and Maya is the 3D solution the vast majority of professionals turn to. An Academy Award®-winning software, Maya is the most comprehensive package for producing 3D and 2D graphics. Its’ intuitive, customizable user interface and artist-friendly brush-based tools make Maya’s industry-standard 3D features easy to learn and easy to use.
Beginner's Guide to Character Creation in Maya by
Autodesk's Maya is the industry standard software used in the movie and video game business for creating assets. InBeginner's Guide to Character Creation in Maya, the artist will learn transferable skills for modeling anatomy with Maya and Mudbox, covering topics such as texturing and shading skin, hair, and eyes; kinesiology; deformation; locomotion; and lighting. Step-by-step guidance by expert tutor Jahirul Amin (3D trainer at Double Negative, London) will also detail how to create links, constraints, and controls for animation. With over 30 hours of downloadable videos, this is a book of amazing value that you won't want to miss
Introducing Autodesk Maya 2015 by
Learn Autodesk Maya from an award-winning insider Best-selling author, visual effects supervisor, and technical educator Dariush Derakhshani brings you a newly-updated, step-by-step guide to the most popular and complex 3D application on the market, Autodesk Maya. Introducing Autodesk Maya 2015 includes straightforward lessons, real-world examples, detailed tutorials, and downloadable project files that get you modeling and animating your own digital models and scenes right away. The book starts you with the latest CG concepts and production workflows, and then shows you how to create a solar system to help get you acquainted with the basic tool set in Maya. From there, the books helps you: Learn the Maya user interface, including menus and plug-ins Build simple animations and 3D images right away Explore polygons, modeling, and NEX tools Get started with HDRI lighting, rendering, dynamics, simulations, and effects Whether you're new to 3D or migrating from another 3D application, Introducing Autodesk Maya 2015 will kick-start your creativity and get you up and running with Maya. Author Derakhshani has worked on movies such as The Fantastic Four and Pan's Labyrinth, the South Park TV series, and numerous commercials and music videos.
Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Start modeling right away with this hands-on guide to learning Autodesk Maya 2016 Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 is the official guide to the most popular and complex 3D application on the market. Building from the ground up, this book combines straightforward text with practical examples that make it easy to absorb the basics and start designing and animating your own digital models and scenes. The tutorials offer realistic challenges and clear explanations, laid out in fun, step-by-step lessons that help you gain confidence and learn by doing. You'll delve into CG and 3D core concepts and production workflows, then get right to work designing an animation of the solar system as you learn the interface and basic tools. As your modeling skills grow, you'll build a steam locomotive, a starfish, a table lamp, and much more as you learn to rig your model for animation, create fabric motion with nCloth, and add the lighting and effects that bring your scenes to life. The companion website features downloadable project files that help you see how the pros do it, and the book includes real-world examples from talented users who were beginners just like you. Master the Maya 2016 interface, menus, and plug-ins Begin building simple animations right away Explore modeling, rendering, animation, and cloth motion Add lighting, rendering, dynamics, simulations, and effects If you want to work like the pros, Introducing Autodesk Maya 2016 is the perfect primer for getting started.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2014 by
Hands-on intermediate-to-advanced coverage of the leading 3D software Autodesk Maya is the industry-leading 3D animation and effects software used in movies, visual effects, games, and other genres. If you already know the basics of Maya and are ready to elevate your skills, then this book is for you. Nearly 1,000 pages are packed with organized, professional, and valuable insight on the leading 3D application on the market, enabling you to unlock the software's more complex features. Ideal as both a tutorial and study guide for the Autodesk Maya exam, this Autodesk Official Press book gets you up to speed on Maya's latest features and expands your skills with advanced instruction on cloth, fur, and fluids. Features challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios from some of the leading professionals in the industry Provides you with valuable insight into the entire CG production pipeline Covers the very latest Maya 2014 tools and features, including updates to dynamics, Maya muscle, stereo cameras, assets, rendering with mental ray, and more Helps you gain proficiency in high-level techniques for film, television, game development, and more If you've been looking for a complete, professional quality Maya resource to turn to again and again, look no further than Mastering Autodesk Maya 2104.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2015 by
Expand your skills with complete Maya mastery Mastering Autodesk Maya is the ultimate guide to the popular 3D animation software. Author Todd Palamar draws on his extensive professional animation experience to help readers take their Maya skills to the next level. Written for those who already know the basics of this enormous program, the book covers advanced topics and professional techniques for modeling, animation, texturing, and visual effects. Fully updated to reflect Maya's latest features, the book takes a hands-on approach to instruction, providing readers with a diverse set of tutorials designed by real-world professionals to showcase 3D animation and visual techniques used in industry settings. Complete and comprehensive, the book makes an excellent desk reference for the working animator, and is an ideal resource for those seeking Maya certification. The unique combination of challenging material and practical instruction make this one-of-a-kind guide the ultimate Maya handbook. Topics include: Animation using inverse kinematics, keyframes, and deformers Hard surface and organic modeling Proper rigging techniques, and working with Maya Muscle Xgen, Paint Effects, and rendering with mental ray Texture mapping, compositing, nParticles, and more Virtual filmmaking and scene management The most complex skills are useless if they can't be applied, so the book emphasizes the practical, day-to-day uses of each skill, and discusses which solutions best fit which scenario. For the computer animation professional seeking a more in-depth mastery of this popular animation program, Mastering Autodesk Maya is an excellent investment in the future of your career.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Go from 'beginner' to 'expert' with this professional, tutorial-based guide to Maya 2016 Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 is your professional hands-on coverage to getting the most out of Maya. If you already know the basics of Maya, this book is your ticket to full coverage of all Maya 2016's latest features, and showcases the tools and methods used in real-world 3D animation and visual effects. From modeling, texturing, animation, and effects to high-level techniques for film, television, games, and more, this book expands your skill set, and helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya certification exam. Filled with challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios this book provides valuable insight into the entire CG production timeline. Take your Maya skills to the next level with step-by-step instruction and insight from the industry professionals. Learn professional techniques used in real-world visual effects Master Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, mental ray, and more Expand your skills with advanced techniques for cloth, fur, and fluids Understand everything you need to know for the Maya certification exam
3D graphics & animation can take your projects to the next level and Maya is the 3D solution the vast majority of professionals turn to. An Academy Award®-winning software, Maya is the most comprehensive package for producing 3D and 2D graphics. Its’ intuitive, customizable user interface and artist-friendly brush-based tools make Maya’s industry-standard 3D features easy to learn and easy to use.
3D animation for the raw beginner using Maya by
"Accessible to art, engineering, computer science, and film students and professionals, this text provides a concise, principles-based introduction to 3D animation. It emphasizes the process for creating animated projects in a nonmathematical fashion. The text focuses on how to carry out this process with Autodesk Maya, the gold standard in 3D animation. Each chapter introduces a critical aspect of the 3D animation process and guides readers through simple, step-by-step tutorials that link key principles to Autodesk Maya techniques."-- Provided by publisher.
Autodesk Maya 2014 Essentials by
The premiere book on getting started with Maya 2014 Whether you're just beginning, or migrating from another 3D application, this step-by-step guide is what you need to get a good working knowledge of Autodesk Maya 2014. Beautifully illustrated with full-color examples and screenshots, Autodesk Maya 2014 Essentials explains the basics of Maya as well as modeling, texturing, animating, setting a scene, and creating visual effects. You'll absorb important concepts and techniques, and learn how to confidently use Maya tools the way professionals do. Each chapter includes fun and challenging hands-on projects, which you can do as you go using the downloadable files from the book's website. They include starting and ending files, so you can compare your results to how professionals do the projects. This information-packed Autodesk Official Press book also helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya 2014 certification exams. Helps beginners and those migrating from other 3D animation and effects programs get up and running on Autodesk Maya 2014 Features step-by-step tutorials, hands-on exercises with downloadable files, and four-color examples and screenshots Covers modeling, texturing, animating, visual effects, lighting, compositing, setting a scene, and more Written by an Autodesk Authorized Author and is an Autodesk Official Press Autodesk Maya is the industry-leading 3D animation and effects software used in movies, games, cartoons, short films, commercials, and other animation Get firsthand experience with Maya 2014, as well as an initial start on preparing for the Autodesk Maya 2014 Certified Professional exam, with Autodesk Maya 2014 Essentials.
Autodesk Maya 2015 : 3D-animation vom concept zum final by 
Blender 3D printing by example : learn to use Blender's modeling tools for 3D printing by creating 4 projects by
Annotation Build four projects using Blender for 3D Printing, giving you all the information that you need to know to create high-quality 3D printed objects. Key Features A project based guide that helps you design beautiful 3D printing objects in Blender Use mesh modeling and intersections to make a custom architectural model of a house Create a real world 3D printed prosthetic hand with organic modeling and texturing painting Book Description Blender is an open-source modeling and animation program popular in the 3D printing community. 3D printing brings along different considerations than animation and virtual reality. This book walks you through four projects to learn using Blender for 3D Printing, giving you information that you need to know to create high-quality 3D printed objects. The book starts with two jewelry projects-- a pendant of a silhouette and a bracelet with custom text. We then explore architectural modeling as you learn to makes a figurine from photos of a home. The final project, a human hand, illustrates how Blender can be used for organic models and how colors can be added to the design. You will learn modeling for 3D printing with the help of these projects. Whether you plan to print at-home or use a service bureau, you'll start by understanding design requirements. The book begins with simple projects to get you started with 3D modeling basics and the tools available in Blender. As the book progresses, you'll get exposed to more robust mesh modeling techniques, modifiers, and Blender shortcuts. By the time you reach your final project, you'll be ready for organic modeling and learning how to add colors. In the final section, you'll learn how to check for and correct common modeling issues to ensure the 3D printer can make your idea a reality! What you will learn Using standard shapes and making custom shapes with Bezier Curves Working with the Boolean, Mirror, and Array Modifiers Practicing Mesh Modeling tools such as Loop Cut and Slide and Extrude Streamlining work with Proportional Editing and Snap During Transform Creating Organic Shapes with the Subdivision Surface Modifier Adding Color with Materials and UV Maps Troubleshooting and Repairing 3D Models Checking your finished model for 3D printability Who this book is for If you're a designer, artist, hobbyist and new to the world of 3D printing, this is the book for you. Some basic knowledge of Blender and geometry will help, but is not essential.
The Blender Python API : precision 3D modeling and add-on development by
Understand Blender's Python API to allow for precision 3D modeling and add-on development. Follow detailed guidance on how to create precise geometries, complex texture mappings, optimized renderings, and much more. This book is a detailed, user-friendly guide to understanding and using Blender's Python API for programmers and 3D artists. Blender is a popular open source 3D modeling software used in advertising, animation, data visualization, physics simulation, photorealistic rendering, and more. Programmers can produce extremely complex and precise models that would be impossible to replicate by hand, while artists enjoy numerous new community-built add-ons. The Blender Python API is an unparalleled programmable visualization environment. Using the API is made difficult due to its complex object hierarchy and vast documentation. The Blender Python API clearly explains the interface. You will become familiar with data structures and low-level concepts in both modeling and rendering with special attention given to optimizing procedurally generated models. In addition, the book: Discusses modules of the API as analogs to human input modes in Blender Reviews low-level and data-level manipulation of 3D objects in Blender Python Details how to deploy and extend projects with external libraries Provides organized utilities of novel and mature API abstractions for general use in add-on development.
Core Blender development : understanding the essential source code by
Core Blender Development breaks down the barriers to entry for open-source development in 3-D modeling.
How to Cheat in Blender 2. 7x by
Blender is a vast and customizable 3D-modeling application used by many artists across creative industries, from television to games. This newest book, in Alan Thorn's How to Cheat series, offers insightful and bite-sized power-tips to help you develop Blender mastery. More than five hundred figures illustrate interesting shortcuts and clever ways to improve your Blender workflow. A companion website at http://www.alanthorn.net provides bonus content, including videos and resources to help sharpen your skills further. How to Cheat in Blender 2.7x is for Blender users of all levels, offering time-saving tips and powerful techniques to increase your productivity. Key Features Bite-sized tips and tricks that can be read in any order Illustrated examples and step-by-step guides for improving your workflow Explores practical applications and real-world contexts Demonstrates "lesser-known" and unconventional tips Improves your efficiency and workflow
Immersive 3D design visualization : with Autodesk Maya and Unreal Engine 4 by
Discover the methods and techniques required for creating immersive design visualization for industry. This book proposes ways for industry-oriented design visualization from scratch. This includes fundamentals of creative and immersive technology; tools and techniques for architectural visualization; design visualization with Autodesk Maya; PBR integration; and texturing, material design, and integration into UE4 for immersive design visualization. You'll to dive into design and visualization, from planning to execution. You will start with the basics, such as an introduction to design visualization as well as to the software you will be using. You will next learn to create assets such as virtual worlds and texturing, and integrate them with Unreal Engine 4. Finally, there is a capstone project for you to make your own immersive visualization scene. By the end of the book you'll be able to create assets for use in industries such as game development, entertainment, architecture, design engineering, and digital education. You will: Gain the fundamentals of immersive design visualization Master design visualization with Autodesk Maya Study interactive visualization with UE4 Create your immersive design portfolio .
Learning Blender : a hands-on guide to creating 3D animated characters by
Learning Blender walks you through every step of creating an outstanding animated character with the free, open source, 3D software Blender, and then compositing it in a real video using a professional workflow. This is the only Blender tutorial to take you from preproduction to final result, and it’s perfect for both 3D novices and those who’ve used other 3D Software.
Focusing on Blender 2.71 and above, 3D-professional Oliver Villar explains all the basics, including Blender’s interface, controls, and how to manipulate objects. Once you’ve mastered the fundamentals, you’ll follow a realistic 3D workflow through a complete project.
You’ll find chapters on every aspect of the character creation: design, modeling, unwrapping, texturing, shading, rigging, and animation. Once your character is ready and animated, you’ll learn how to integrate it into a real video using camera tracking techniques, lighting, and compositing. Each skillset is taught hands on, and available online video tutorials (more than 5 hours) will guide you through Blender’s trickier tasks.
By the time you’re done, you’ll understand how the whole process fits together, and how to use Blender to create outstanding characters for all media. You’ll also build strong Blender skills you can apply in any 3D project, whether it involves characters or not.
Learning Blender : a hands-on guide to creating 3D animated characters by
Master the Newest Blender Techniques for Creating Amazing 3D Characters: From Design and Modeling to Video Compositing Now fully updated for Blender 2.78b and beyond, Learning Blender, Second Edition, walks you through every step of creating an outstanding 3D animated character with Blender, and then compositing it in a real video using a professional workflow. This edition covers the powerful new selection and modeling tools, as well as high-efficiency improvements related to other parts of the project such as texture painting, shading, rigging, rendering, and compositing. Still the only Blender tutorial to take you from preproduction to final result, this guide is perfect for both novices and those moving from other software to Blender (open source and free software). Author Oliver Villar provides full-color, hands-on chapters that cover every aspect of character creation: design, modeling, unwrapping, texturing, shading, rigging, animation, and rendering. He also walks you through integrating your animated character into a real-world video, using professional camera tracking, lighting, and compositing techniques. The rich companion website ( blendtuts.com/learning-blender-files ) will help you quickly master even the most complex techniques with bonus contents like video tutorials. By the time you're done, you'll be ready to create outstanding characters for all media—and you'll have up-to-date skills for any 3D project, whether it involves characters or not. Learn Blender's updated user interface, navigation, and selection techniques Create your first scene with Blender and the Blender Render and Cycles render engines Organize an efficient, step-by-step pipeline to streamline workflow in any project Master modeling, unwrapping, and texturing Bring your character to life with materials and shading Create your character's skeleton and make it walk Use Camera Tracking to mix 3D objects into a real-world video Transform a raw rendered scene into the final result using Blender's compositing nodes.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2014 by
Provides hands-on intermediate-to-advanced coverage of the leading 3D software Maya is the industry-leading 3D animation and effects software used in movies, visual effects, games, and other genres. For intermediate and advanced users who already know Maya basics, this official Maya guide provides the detailed coverage you need to unlock the software's more complex features. Elevate your skills in modeling, texturing, animation, and visual effects, and gain proficiency in high-level techniques for film, television, game development, and more. Artists who are already proficient in Maya basics can elevate their skills and increase their marketability with the techniques in this official Maya guide This fully updated book brings you up to speed on Maya's latest features and expands your skills with advanced instruction on cloth, fur, and fluids Offers intermediate-level projects on Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, Assets, rendering with mental ray, and more Offers challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios from some of the leading professionals in the industry Provides valuable insight into the entire CG production pipeline Mastering Autodesk Maya gives the serious Maya student a head start toward a successful career in 3D animation.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 by
Go from 'beginner' to 'expert' with this professional, tutorial-based guide to Maya 2016 Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 is your professional hands-on coverage to getting the most out of Maya. If you already know the basics of Maya, this book is your ticket to full coverage of all Maya 2016's latest features, and showcases the tools and methods used in real-world 3D animation and visual effects. From modeling, texturing, animation, and effects to high-level techniques for film, television, games, and more, this book expands your skill set, and helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya certification exam. Filled with challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios this book provides valuable insight into the entire CG production timeline. Take your Maya skills to the next level with step-by-step instruction and insight from the industry professionals. Learn professional techniques used in real-world visual effects Master Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, mental ray, and more Expand your skills with advanced techniques for cloth, fur, and fluids Understand everything you need to know for the Maya certification exam
Cinematography for Digital Filmmaking
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that trains students in more advanced and dedicated lighting for digital film projects; the course goes beyond simple lighting but into advanced design elements.
3D Lighting by
Is there something missing from your 3D images? Do they lack vibrancy and realism? If so, the problem may not be with your images, but with the lighting behind them. Mastering the art of lighting in 3D graphics is a challenge facing even the most experienced professionals. The hands-on techniques and guidelines provided in these pages, show how to illuminate your work and add new depth and detail to your images. From the history of lighting, to the detailed fundamentals of 3D graphics, all of the concepts needed to improve or refresh your lighting skills are covered. The general lighting techniques and information provided should serve as a useful resource.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
Cinematography : a guide for filmmakers and film teachers by
The Essential Guide to the Cameraman's Craft Since its initial publication in 1973, Cinematography has become the guidebook for filmmakers. Based on their combined fifty years in the film and television industry, authors Kris Malkiewicz and M. David Mullen lay clear and concise groundwork for basic film techniques, focusing squarely on the cameraman's craft. Readers will then learn step-by-step how to master more advanced techniques in postproduction, digital editing, and overall film production. This completely revised third edition, with more than 200 new illustrations, will provide a detailed look at: How expert camera operation can produce consistent, high-quality results How to choose film stocks for the appearance and style of the finished film How to measure light in studio and location shooting for the desired appearance How to coordinate visual and audio elements to produce high-quality sound tracks Whether the final product is a major motion picture, an independent film, or simply a home video, Cinematography can help any filmmaker translate his or her vision into a quality film.
Digital Cinematography by
High end digital cinematography can truly challenge the film camera in many of the technical, artistic and emotional aspects of what we think of as 'cinematography'. This book is a guide for practising and aspiring cinematographers and DOPs to digital cinematography essentials - from how to use the cameras to the rapidly emerging world of High Definition cinematography and 24p technology. This book covers the `on-the-set' knowledge you need to know - its emphasis lies in practical application, rather than descriptions of technologies, so that in this book you will find usable `tools' and information to help you get the job done. From `getting the look' to lighting styles and ratios, what is needed for different types of shoots and the technical preparation required, this is a complete reference to the knowledge and skills required to shoot high end digital films. The book also features a guide to the Sony DVW in-camera menus - showing how to set them up and how they work - a device to save you time and frustration on set. Paul Wheeler is a renowned cinematographer/director of photography and trainer, he runs courses on Digital Cinematography at the National Film & Television School and has lectured on the Royal College of Art's MA course and at The London International Film School. He has been twice nominated by BAFTA for a Best Cinematography award and also twice been the winner of the INDIE award for Best Digital Cinematography. up and how they work - a device to save you time and frustration on set. Paul Wheeler is a renowned cinematographer/director of photography and trainer, he runs courses on Digital Cinematography at the National Film & Television School and has lectured on the Royal College of Art's MA course and at The London International Film School. He has been twice nominated by BAFTA for a Best Cinematography award and also twice been the winner of the INDIE award for Best Digital Cinematography.
Digital cinematography : fundamentals, tools, techniques, and workflows by
With the shift from film to digital, a new view of the future of cinematography has emerged. Today's successful cinematographer must be equal parts artist, technician, and business-person. The cinematographer needs to master the arts of lighting, composition, framing and other aesthetic considerations, as well as the technology of digital cameras, recorders, and workflows, and must know how to choose the right tools (within their budget) to get the job done. David Stump's Digital Cinematography focusses primarily on the tools and technology of the trade, looking at how digital cameras work, the ramifications of choosing one camera versus another, and how those choices help creative cinematographers to tell a story. This book empowers you to both correctly choose the right camera and workflow for your project from today's incredibly varied options, as well as understand the ins and outs of implementing those options. Stump sheds a light on the confusing advantages and disadvantages of shooting theatrical features using digital technology and what it can or can't do. Topics covered include: * Detailed coverage of Arriflex, Blackmagic, Canon, Ikonoskop, Panasonic, Panavision, Phantom, Red, Silicon Imaging, Sony, and Weisscam digital motion picture cameras * Coverage of a wide variety of lenses, including Angenieux, Canon, Cooke, Fujinon, Hawk, Leica, Panavision, Red, Schneider, Sony, UniqOptics, Vantage, and Zeiss * Coverage of recorders, displays, and look management tools * Exposure theory tips -- learn how to correctly expose digital cameras * Focusing tips -- learn how to focus digital cameras correctly * Checklists to help design digital workflows * Practical tips on preparation -- prepare for shooting a digital motion picture like a professional * Camera set-up and operation, color management, digital intermediates, 3D stereo cinematography, future trends, and much more If you aspire to be a successful cinematographer in this new digital age, or if you already are a working cinematographer in need of a resource to help you stay on top of your game, this is a must-read book.
Digital Cinematography and Directing by
This book is a real world study of photographic and cinematic principles, focusing on the study and art of the digital camera. Not the digital camera you take snapshots of your kids with, but the camera in a digital creation program. These programs can include Adobe After Effects, Maya, SoftImage, LightWave, 3D Studio Max, Bryce, Truespace, and many others. Often overlooked by both 2D and 3D artists, the camera is just as important to a digital project as the art within it.
Lighting for Film and Digital Cinematography by
Successfully design and implement lighting setups with LIGHTING FOR FILM AND DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY with InfoTrac®! Coverage includes lighting, color control, texture, exposure technique, and elements that create image, ''look,'' and mood. With a balance of the aesthetic and technical aspects of lighting, this communication text helps you apply what you have learned with over 150 photographs, diagrams, and images from real films.
Liquid space : science fiction film and television in the digital age by
In this remarkable and original book, Sean Redmond examines the issues and themes that are repeatedly found across a range of contemporary science fiction films and television programmes. He argues that they reveal the profound effects the digital age has had on our social lives. Through narratives that feature the 'post-human', genetic engineering and cloning, surveillance and data mining, space and time travel, artificial intelligence, online dating cultures and visions of catastrophe, they portray a world in which the material, and the stable, are being lost to the ever-more volatile and ephemeral idea of 'liquid space'. Redmond examines a wide selection of popular films and TV series such as Gravity, Under the Skin, The Lobster, Children of Men and Doctor Who, to locate how traditional values are being erased in favour of a new liquid modernity. Drawing on an eclectic range of approaches from phenomenology to critical race theory, and from close textual analysis to the revelations of eye-tracking technology, this book is an illuminating account of the digital age through the lens of science fiction.
Live Cinema and Its Techniques by
From one of the masters of twentieth-century cinema comes this indispensable and entertaining guide to a visionary new form of moviemaking. So convinced is Francis Ford Coppola that "live cinema" will become a powerful medium within the larger film industry that he has crafted this instructional book, filled with lively anecdotes and invaluable lessons¯a boon for moviegoers, film students, and teachers alike. As digital moviemaking, like live sports, can now be performed by one director or by a collaborative team working across the Internet, it is only a matter of time before "cinema auteurs" will create "live" movies of the highest creative quality that will be sent instantly via satellite to be viewed in faraway theaters. Whether recounting his own boyhood obsession with film, tracing the origins of "live cinema" through a history of early film and live 1950s television shows, or presenting state-of-the-art techniques on everything from rehearsals to equipment, Coppola demonstrates that the spontaneity of this genre of "live cinema" will transport filmmaking into a new era of creativity previously unimaginable. 20 illustrations
Cinematography for Digital Filmmaking
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that trains students in more advanced and dedicated lighting for digital film projects; the course goes beyond simple lighting but into advanced design elements.
Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 release by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC (2017 release) choose Adobe Premiere Pro CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release) from Adobe Press. The 18 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in Premiere Pro. Learn to edit video in Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 and get the most out of your workflow. Take a project from beginning to end and learn to organize media, add audio, create transitions, produce titles, and add effects. Take your projects further by sweetening and mixing sound, compositing footage, adjusting color, using advanced editing techniques, managing projects, working with 360 video for VR headsets, exporting, and much more.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
Digital Cinematography by
High end digital cinematography can truly challenge the film camera in many of the technical, artistic and emotional aspects of what we think of as 'cinematography'. This book is a guide for practising and aspiring cinematographers and DOPs to digital cinematography essentials - from how to use the cameras to the rapidly emerging world of High Definition cinematography and 24p technology. This book covers the `on-the-set' knowledge you need to know - its emphasis lies in practical application, rather than descriptions of technologies, so that in this book you will find usable `tools' and information to help you get the job done. From `getting the look' to lighting styles and ratios, what is needed for different types of shoots and the technical preparation required, this is a complete reference to the knowledge and skills required to shoot high end digital films. The book also features a guide to the Sony DVW in-camera menus - showing how to set them up and how they work - a device to save you time and frustration on set. Paul Wheeler is a renowned cinematographer/director of photography and trainer, he runs courses on Digital Cinematography at the National Film & Television School and has lectured on the Royal College of Art's MA course and at The London International Film School. He has been twice nominated by BAFTA for a Best Cinematography award and also twice been the winner of the INDIE award for Best Digital Cinematography. up and how they work - a device to save you time and frustration on set. Paul Wheeler is a renowned cinematographer/director of photography and trainer, he runs courses on Digital Cinematography at the National Film & Television School and has lectured on the Royal College of Art's MA course and at The London International Film School. He has been twice nominated by BAFTA for a Best Cinematography award and also twice been the winner of the INDIE award for Best Digital Cinematography.
Digital cinematography : fundamentals, tools, techniques, and workflows by
First published in 2014. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Dying in full detail : mortality and digital documentary by
In Dying in Full Detail Jennifer Malkowski explores digital media's impact on one of documentary film's greatest taboos: the recording of death. Despite technological advances that allow for the easy creation and distribution of death footage, digital media often fail to live up to their promise to reveal the world in greater fidelity. Malkowski analyzes a wide range of death footage, from feature films about the terminally ill (Dying, Silverlake Life, Sick), to surreptitiously recorded suicides (The Bridge), to #BlackLivesMatter YouTube videos and their precursors. Contextualizing these recordings in the long history of attempts to capture the moment of death in American culture, Malkowski shows how digital media are unable to deliver death "in full detail," as its metaphysical truth remains beyond representation. Digital technology's capacity to record death does, however, provide the opportunity to politicize individual deaths through their representation. Exploring the relationships among technology, temporality, and the ethical and aesthetic debates about capturing death on video, Malkowski illuminates the key roles documentary death has played in twenty-first-century visual culture.
Lighting for Digital Video and Television by
Digital video students and enthusiasts must learn lighting fundamentals and techniques to enhance the visual quality of their work. Moreover, since lighting specifications for digital video differ significantly from those for analog video or film, professional videographers and cinematographers must learn how to adapt their lighting skills for this new digital medium to ensure that the final product meets broadcast standards. This complete course in digital video and television lighting begins with how the human eye and the camera process light and color, progresses through the basics of equipment and setups, and culminates with practical lessons on how to solve common problems. It features clear illustrations and real-world examples that demonstrate proper equipment use, safety issues, and staging techniques. Detailed diagrams, figures, and photos illustrate techniques that enable novices to complete basic lighting setups. This new edition also features a 16-page color insert and new chapters on interview setups and lighting for low budgets.
Lighting for Digital Video and Television by
Enhance the visual quality of your motion pictures and digital videos with a solid understanding of lighting fundamentals. This complete course in digital video lighting begins with how the human eye and the camera process light and color, progresses through the basics of equipment and setups, and finishes with practical lessons on how to solve common problems. Filled with clear illustrations and real-world examples that demonstrate proper equipment use, safety issues, and staging techniques, Lighting for Digital Video presents readers with all they need to create their own visual masterpieces. Features * film style techniques for digital video productions * creating "movie" looks on a low budget * lighting for HD * how to maximize existing light * how to be a grip + safety issues * interview setups * color correction techniques in mixed lighting situations
The strategic producer : on the art and craft of making your first feature by
Today's technologies and economic models won't settle for a conventional approach to filmmaking.　The Strategic Producer: On the Art and Craft of Making Your First Feature combines history, technology, aesthetics, data, decision-making strategies, and time-tested methods into a powerful new approach to producing.　An ideal text for aspiring filmmakers, The Strategic Producer orients the reader's mind-set towards self-empowerment by sharing essential and timeless techniques producers need to get the job done while also embracing the constantly evolving production landscape. - Written in clear, succinct, and non-technical prose. - Includes six sidebar in depth interviews with industry professionals providing additional perspectives. - Clearly presented line drawings help readers quickly understand complex ideas like production timelines, story structure, and business models. - Includes samples from key documents such as script pages, budgets, shooting schedules, and business plans for potential investors.
Virtual reality filmmaking : techniques & best practices for VR filmmakers by
Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking, including narrative, documentary, live event production, and more. Written by Celine Tricart, a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies, the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium, and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio, Wevr, Viacom, Fox Sports, Sundance's New Frontier, and more.
Exploring further the basic skills necessary for designers and artists, COLREND will focus on the vital role of color in the conceptualization and actualization of design and arts ideas. Taking off from the basics of color theory, the class will advance further into the various rendering and presentation techniques, using a variety of materials, both traditional and computer-based.
101 Textures in Colored Pencil by
Get a feel for your art--literally! Learn every technique you'll need to give your colored-pencil drawings realistic, palpable texture.
3D Photorealistic Rendering by
Increase the photorealism of your 3d visualizations with enhanced toolsets of V-ray in 3ds Max. Full-color, step-by-step tutorials about techniques involved in creating photorealistic renders for interior/exterior scenes. Each tutorial includes a 3d project scene to guide you through, production and post-production. The production chapter shows how to create shaders, fine-tune textures and set up a day/night lighting rig. You will be rendering high-res images with render elements included for the final stage of post-production. The book also includes tips about, pre-production, camera settings, verified views, material editors, shaders, 3ds max scripts, and much more! Key Features This book deals with real world scenes and delivers up to date design direction. This book has professional supporting files ready for the reader to open and explore. This book highlights the processes of making your own content that not only gives images your personal touch, but also through the online content that will be made available for this title. Includes some coverage of VRay. Focuses in depth on separate issues surrounding interior, exterior and product design, which vary wildly.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Applying Color Theory to Digital Media and Visualization by
This book provides an overview of the application of color theory concepts to digital media and visualization. It highlights specific color concepts like color harmony and shows how to apply the concept with case study examples and usage of actual online and mobile color tools. Color deficiencies are reviewed and discussed are color tools for examining how a specific color map design will look to someone with the deficiency. Other books on color examine artists' use of color, color management, or color science. This book applies fundamental color concepts to digital media and visualization solutions. It is intended for digital media and visualization content creators and developers. Presents Color Theory Concepts that can be applied to digital media and visualization problems over and over again Offers Comprehensive Review of the Historical Progression of Color Models Demonstrates actual case study implementations of color analyses tools Provides overview of Color Theory and Harmony Analytics in terms of online and mobile analysis tools Teaches the color theory language to use in interacting with color management professionals
Color by
"By means of exercises ranging from simple to challenging, illustrated with more than 125 step-by-step images, this book offers a deep understanding of the basic structure of color, including how to see what is really out there rather than what you think you know about colored objects. Intended for the novice in color as well as for more experienced artists and designers, the exercises focus on how to successfully mix and combine hues."--BOOK JACKET.Title Summary field provided by Blackwell North America, Inc. All Rights Reserved
Color by
For introductory courses in Color and Color Theory in Art Design and in the studio curriculum. Addressed to artists and art students of all media, this text provides an informative but non-dogmatic introduction to the many different approaches to understanding color.
Color Design Workbook, Revised Edition by
From the meanings behind colours to working with colour in presentations, Color Design Workbook provides readers with the vital information needed to apply colour creatively and effectively to design work.
Color Index XL by
This updated, expanded, and oversized inspirational resource presents 1,100 color palettes, with light, bright, dark, and muted varieties for each one, making it the most expansive palette selection tool available. Color Index XL provides aspiring designers, artists, and creative individuals working with color with an indispensable, one-stop method for reviewing and selecting current, up-to-date color palettes for their creative projects. Designer and lecturer Jim Krause's classic resource is back with a new approach that presents each group of palettes in an oversized form for easy visual review, and bleeding to the edge of the page (edge indexing) for quick access. By providing variations for each palette, Krause ensures that creatives can find the best color selection for each project's needs. This book serves as the perfect resource for teachers, students, and professionals of all kinds in the art and design space who want to stay up-to-date on the ever-evolving trends in color.
Colour and culture : practice and meaning from antiquity to abstraction by
This book looks at color in Western culture from the ancient Greeks to the late twentieth century. Gage describes the first theories of color articulated by philosophers from Democritus to Aristotle and the subsequent attempts by the Romans and their Renaissance disciples to organize color systematically or endow it with symbolic power. Topics include the place of color in religion, Newton's analysis of the spectrum, Goethe's color theory, and the theories and practices that have attempted to unite color and music.
Contemporary Color : Theory and Use by
CONTEMPORARY COLOR is back with a beautifully produced and lavishly illustrated second edition! Combining a solid grounding in traditional color theory and a thorough exploration of effective color use in digital applications and 3D design work, this introduction to contemporary color text is a must have for all art students. Written by a leading design educator and artist whose work is widely exhibited, this text features a balanced examination of essential theory and its practical application using today's cutting-edge technology. Contemporary Color, second edition covers a wide range of topics including all the basics on color theory, while also examining the latest on digital color, 3D design, and variations in color across nations and cultures. To complement this inclusive content, the text features thought-provoking discussions of the psychological impact of color, the future of color, creativity, and best practices for students and working artists. A vast collection of vivid images, drawn from both classical and contemporary artists, rounds out the text with powerful examples to illustrate applied color theory in all of its dazzling diversity.
The Elements of Color by
A useful simplification and condensation of Johannes ltten's major work. The Art of Color, this book covers subjective feeling and objective color principles in detail. It presents the key to understanding color in ltten's color circle and color contrasts.
The Graphic Design Idea Book by
This book serves as an introduction to the key elements of good design. Broken into sections covering the fundamental elements of design, key works by acclaimed designers serve to illustrate technical points and encourage readers to try out new ideas. Themes covered include form, narrative, color, type and image, ornament, simplicity, and wit and humour. The result is an instantly accessible and easy to understand guide to graphic design using professional techniques.
Museum Lighting - A Guide for Conservators and Curators by
Author David Saunders, former keeper of conservation and scientific research at the British Museum, explores how to balance the conflicting goals of visibility and preservation under a variety of conditions. Beginning with the science of how light, color, and vision function and interact, he proceeds to offer detailed studies of the impact of light on a wide range of objects, including paintings, manuscripts, textiles, bone, leather, and plastics. With analyses of the effects of light on visibility and deterioration, Museum Lighting provides practical information to assist curators, conservators, and other museum professionals in making critical decisions about the display and preservation of objects in their collections.
Principles of Color Design by
A complete revision of what is considered the classic introduction to color for all graphic designers and artists. This book provides a solid foundation for the development of personal color sense, and a practical examination of the myriad effects that can be achieved with color.
Understanding Color : an introduction for designers by
Reliable theory and practical solutions for every color-related design problem Prepare to change the way you look at color. In Understanding Color, Second Edition, Linda Holtzschue shows you how to forge an alliance between your emotional, intuitive response to color and the theories that explain it. More importantly, she shows you how to use color more comfortably, creatively, and effectively than ever before. Mastering basic color concepts through straightforward, easy-to-follow instruction, you'll learn how different light sources affect color rendition, how placement changes colors, how to avoid costly color mistakes, and how to resolve the typical color problems that confront design professionals. This Second Edition is full of powerful new features that reflect the latest issues in color and design, including: * A new chapter on the challenges of designing with color on the computer * Comprehensive coverage of color marketing issues * Scores of new illustrations * An important workbook section with exercises to reinforce color concepts * Valuable tips for using color in the working environment For students and professionals in graphic design, architecture, interior design, landscape architecture, and industrial and textile design, Understanding Color, Second Edition is an unparalleled source of authoritative information and practical solutions for virtually every color-related design problem you will encounter in your work.
Understanding Color : an introduction for designers by
Make Sound Color Choices Now in an updated Fourth Edition, Understanding Color helps you connect the dots between your emotional, intuitive responses to color and the theories that explain them. From this authoritative and easy-to-follow resource, you'll learn how to use color more comfortably, creatively, and effectively than ever before. Take your work to the next level by exploring how different light sources affect color rendition, how placement changes color, how to avoid costly color mistakes, and how to resolve the color problems that frequently confront design professionals. This edition is full of powerful new features that reflect the latest issues in color and design, including: Expanded and revised content in nearly 35% of the book. Coverage of a broad range of design disciplines. Ideas from the major color theorists that reinforce content, rather than emphasizing what is correct or incorrect. Discussion of color created by traditional media and digital design, and the issues that arise when design moves from one medium to another. Innovative coverage of color marketing issues. Helpful tips for using color in the working environment. An online workbook with valuable exercises that reinforce color concepts. Understanding Color, Fourth Edition is an unparalleled source of authoritative information and practical solutions for students and professionals in all fields of design.
Exploring further the basic skills necessary for designers and artists, COLREND will focus on the vital role of color in the conceptualization and actualization of design and arts ideas. Taking off from the basics of color theory, the class will advance further into the various rendering and presentation techniques, using a variety of materials, both traditional and computer-based.
Adobe After Effects CC 2017 release by
Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release) is part of the official training series for Adobe graphics and publishing software, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. The lessons are designed to let you learn at your own pace. If you’re new to Adobe After Effects, you’ll learn the fundamental concepts and features you’ll need to master the program. And if you’ve been using Adobe After Effects for a while, you’ll find that Classroom in a Book teaches many advanced features, including tips and techniques for using the latest version.
Advanced Visual Effects Compositing by
In Advanced Visual Effects Compositing: Techniques for Working with Problematic Footage, learn to tackle difficult visual effect composites in layer-based and node-based compositing programs. In this book, industry veteran and compositing expert Lee Lanier offers tips, tricks, techniques, and workflows for difficult visual effects shots, including poorly shot green screen, moving shots with no visible motion tracking marks, shots requiring three-dimensional (3D) elements that lack 3D renders, poor-quality stock footage, and incorrectly lit shots. Lanier details the common problems of visual effects shots and offers practical solutions using examples from Adobe After Effects and Blackmagic Design Fusion. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138668348) features video image sequences, 3D renders, and other tutorial materials, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques. The visual effects challenges covered in this book include: Chroma keying Motion tracking Relighting in the composite Repairing plates Replicating damage Adding depth with 2.5D Working with stock footage
The Filmmaker's Guide to Visual Effects by
The Filmmaker's Guide to Visual Effects offers a practical, detailed guide to visual effects for non-VFX specialists working in film and television. In contemporary filmmaking and television production, visual effects are used extensively in a wide variety of genres and formats to contribute to visual storytelling, help deal with production limitations, and reduce budget costs. Yet for many directors, producers, editors, and cinematographers, visual effects remain an often misunderstood aspect of media production. In this book, award-winning VFX supervisor and instructor Eran Dinur introduces readers to visual effects from the filmmaker's perspective, providing a comprehensive guide to conceiving, designing, budgeting, planning, shooting, and reviewing VFX, from pre-production through post-production. The book will help readers: Learn what it takes for editors, cinematographers, directors, producers, gaffers, and other filmmakers to work more effectively with the visual effects team during pre-production, on the set and in post, use visual effects as a narrative aid, reduce production costs, and solve problems on location; Achieve a deeper understanding of 3D, 2D, and 2.5D workflows; the various VFX crafts from matchmove to compositing; essential concepts like photorealism, parallax, roto, and extraction; become familiar with the most common types of VFX, their role in filmmaking, and learn how to plan effectively for the cost and complexity of VFX shots; See visual effects concepts brought to life in practical, highly illustrated examples drawn from the real-world experiences of industry professionals, and discover how to better integrate visual effects into your own projects.
Learning Blender : a hands-on guide to creating 3D animated characters by
Master the Newest Blender Techniques for Creating Amazing 3D Characters: From Design and Modeling to Video Compositing Now fully updated for Blender 2.78b and beyond, Learning Blender, Second Edition, walks you through every step of creating an outstanding 3D animated character with Blender, and then compositing it in a real video using a professional workflow. This edition covers the powerful new selection and modeling tools, as well as high-efficiency improvements related to other parts of the project such as texture painting, shading, rigging, rendering, and compositing. Still the only Blender tutorial to take you from preproduction to final result, this guide is perfect for both novices and those moving from other software to Blender (open source and free software). Author Oliver Villar provides full-color, hands-on chapters that cover every aspect of character creation: design, modeling, unwrapping, texturing, shading, rigging, animation, and rendering. He also walks you through integrating your animated character into a real-world video, using professional camera tracking, lighting, and compositing techniques. The rich companion website ( blendtuts.com/learning-blender-files ) will help you quickly master even the most complex techniques with bonus contents like video tutorials. By the time you're done, you'll be ready to create outstanding characters for all media—and you'll have up-to-date skills for any 3D project, whether it involves characters or not. Learn Blender's updated user interface, navigation, and selection techniques Create your first scene with Blender and the Blender Render and Cycles render engines Organize an efficient, step-by-step pipeline to streamline workflow in any project Master modeling, unwrapping, and texturing Bring your character to life with materials and shading Create your character's skeleton and make it walk Use Camera Tracking to mix 3D objects into a real-world video Transform a raw rendered scene into the final result using Blender's compositing nodes.
Mastering geospatial development with QGIS 3. x : an in-depth guide to becoming proficient in spatial data analysis using QGIS 3.4 and 3.6 with Python by
Starting with a refresher on the QGIS basics and getting you acquainted with the latest QGIS 3.6 updates, this book will take you all the way through to teaching you how to create a spatial database and a GeoPackage. Next, you will learn how to style raster and vector data by choosing and managing different colors. The book will then focus on processing raster and vector data. You will be then taught advanced applications, such as creating and editing vector data. Along with that, you will also learn about the newly updated Processing Toolbox, which will help you develop the advanced data visualizations. The book will then explain to you the graphic modeler, how to create QGIS plugins with PyQGIS, and how to integrate Python analysis scripts with QGIS.
The new color mixing companion : explore and create fresh and vibrant color palettes with paint, collage, and mixed media by
"This comprehensive guide starts with a crash course in essential terminology and visual vocabulary, then shows you how to go beyond the wheel and basic theory with hands-on projects that illustrate and illuminate a variety of color elements and techniques. The materials used--including watercolor and acrylic paints, and found or purchased collage papers--are accessible, inexpensive, and readily available. Plus, this art guide includes easy-to-use templates featured in many of the projects; their modern geometric layouts yield stunning color arrangements."--Amazon
OpenGL programming guide : the official guide to learning OpenGL, version 4.5 with SPIR-V by
This book integrates shader techniques alongside classic, function-centric approaches, and contains extensive code examples that demonstrate modern techniques. Starting with the fundamentals, its wide-ranging coverage includes drawing, color, pixels, fragments, transformations, textures, framebuffers, light and shadow, and memory techniques for advanced rendering and nongraphical applications. It also offers discussions of all shader stages, including thorough explorations of tessellation, geometric, and compute shaders.
Understanding color : an introduction for designers by
THE PERCEPTION, UNDERSTANDING, AND USES OF COLOR--EXPANDED AND REFRESHED Understanding Color is an essential resource for those needing to become proficient in color for business applications. The peerless treatment of this critical subject is beautifully illustrated with real-world examples. Designers have turned to this guide for nearly a generation for its authoritative and accessible instruction. The knowledge contained in this book sets you apart from other designers by enabling you to: Contribute more effectively to discussions on color harmony, complete with a vocabulary that enables in-depth understanding of hue, value, and saturation Apply the most-up-to-date information on digital color to your projects Address issues involved when colors must be translated from one medium to another Troubleshoot and overcome today's most common challenges of working with color Full-color images showcase real design examples and a companion website features a digital workbook for reinforcing color concepts. From theory and practical implementation to the business and marketing aspects, Understanding Color helps you gain a deep and discriminating awareness of color.
Unreal Engine 4 for design visualization : developing stunning interactive visualizations, animations, and renderings by
The Official, Full-Color Guide to Developing Interactive Visualizations, Animations, and Renderings with Unreal Engine 4 Unreal Engine 4 (UE4) was created to develop video games, but it has gone viral among architecture, science, engineering, and medical visualization communities. UE4's stunning visual quality, cutting-edge toolset, unbeatable price (free!), and unprecedented ease of use redefines the state of the art and has turned the gaming, film, and visualization industries on their heads. Unreal Engine 4 for Design Visualization delivers the knowledge visualization professionals need to leverage UE4's immense power. World-class UE4 expert Tom Shannon introduces Unreal Engine 4's components and technical concepts, mentoring you through the entire process of building outstanding visualization content–all with realistic, carefully documented, step-by-step sample projects. Shannon answers the questions most often asked about UE4 visualization, addressing issues ranging from data import and processing to lighting, advanced materials, and rendering. He reveals important ways in which UE4 works differently from traditional rendering systems, even when it uses similar terminology. Throughout, he writes from the perspective of visualization professionals in architecture, engineering, or science–not gaming. Understand UE4's components and development environment Master UE4's pipeline from source data to delivered application Recognize and adapt to the differences between UE4 and traditional visualization and rendering techniques Achieve staggering realism with UE4's Physically Based Rendering (PBR) Materials, Lighting, and Post-Processing pipelines Create production-ready Materials with the interactive real-time Material Editor Quickly set up projects, import massive datasets, and populate worlds with accurate visualization data Develop bright, warm lighting for architectural visualizations Create pre-rendered animations with Sequencer Use Blueprints Visual Scripting to create complex interactions without writing a single line of code Work with (and around) UE4's limitations and leveraging its advantages to achieve your vision All UE4 project files and 3ds Max source files, plus additional resources and links, are available at the book's companion website.
A computer based course using graphics software (AutoCAD, Photoshop, Ilustra, CorelDraw, Flash, Maya, etc.) which aims to develop skills in creating basic 2D and 3D drawings and designs applying the same concepts and principles of sketching, drafting and rendering. Students will likewise be introduced to Image editing programs as it is being used for image manipulation, enhancement, and retracing small resolution visuals. COMGRAP is also an ideal course with its use of graphic layout for publication wherein the concepts of design, typography and visual communication are applied.
Adobe After Effects CC : 2018 release by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC : the official training workbook from Adobe by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book® New ways to assemble collections and more search filters make it easier than ever to organize your growing library and find the photos you need. Streamline your editing workflow using intelligent tools trained with thousands of professionally corrected images, and make more selective local adjustments with sophisticated color and tone range masking. Work on your photos on any device; then, create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images-or publish them online with just a click. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: * Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book * Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step, and updated material covering new feature releases from Adobe What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC (2018 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC software.
Creating Digital Faces for Law Enforcement by
Today, law enforcement requires actionable and real-time intelligence; 24 hours a day, seven days a week to help respond to cases efficiently. When evidence is lacking in a case, law enforcement officers are often times left to rely on eyewitness descriptions. In order to quickly disseminate facial composites to news outlets and social media, law enforcement needs to rely on every tool available; including traditional forensic artists and advanced facial composite software. Creating Digital Faces for Law Enforcement provides the proper foundation for obtaining key information needed to create effective facial composites. There are two main methods to create a facial composite, first through traditional forensic art techniques and second by using commercially developed facial composite software. Traditional forensic art has advanced from pen and paper to more enhanced digital tools. This text reviews the development of digital tools used by the forensic artist describing each tool in detail. Creating Digital Faces for Law Enforcement is the first text of its kind to address the creation of digital sketches for forensic artists and software-driven sketches for non-artist/technicians.
Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners by
Learn how to paint digitally in Adobe Photoshop; the key professional software for illustrators, video game artists, and the CG industry. Inside Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is everything the budding digital painter needs to know about the customizable Photoshop interface, its efficient tools, essential painting brushes, and complex layers and masks. Explore the endless possibilities of digital painting through three highly detailed step-by-step tutorials which look intricately at key processes and techniques. Discover how to subtly integrate photo textures, create custom brushes, and generate impressive effects to develop your own incredible artworks. Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is an essential guide for beginners, students, and those who want to learn more about how to harness the significant power of Photoshop as a painting tool.
Drawing from the Model by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
From Fingers to Digits by
Essays on computer art and its relation to more traditional art, by a pioneering practitioner and a philosopher of artificial intelligence.In From Fingers to Digits, a practicing artist and a philosopher examine computer art and how it has been both accepted and rejected by the mainstream art world. In a series of essays, Margaret Boden, a philosopher and expert in artificial intelligence, and Ernest Edmonds, a pioneering and internationally recognized computer artist, grapple with key questions about the aesthetics of computer art. Other modern technologies-photography and film-have been accepted by critics as ways of doing art. Does the use of computers compromise computer art's aesthetic credentials in ways that the use of cameras does not?Is writing a computer program equivalent to painting with a brush? Essays by Boden identify types of computer art, describe the study of creativity in AI, and explore links between computer art and traditional views in philosophical aesthetics. Essays by Edmonds offer a practitioner's perspective, considering, among other things, how the experience of creating computer art compares to that of traditional art making. Finally, the book presents interviews in which contemporary computer artists offer a wide range of comments on the issues raised in Boden's and Edmonds's essays.
Sketching from the Imagination: Dark Arts by
Sketching and drawing are fundamental to creating great art; the simple doodle is often where the artist first brings their ideas and concepts to life. InSketching from the Imagination: Dark Arts, we have gathered together fifty talented traditional and digital artists to showcase work from their sketchbooks, share inspiration, and give insight into how they create imaginative and dark illustrations. Featuring a range of artwork and artists from many fields, from concept design and animation to illustration and comic art,Sketching from the Imagination: Dark Arts is a collection of beautifully macabre sketches with plenty of useful tips and creative insights--an invaluable resource that will inspire artists of all abilities.
Visual Design Concepts for Mobile Games by
This book is geared towards both students as well as professionals who are looking to enter the mobile (tablet/smartphone) and PC (personal computer) industry as concept artists (for both 2D and 3D production pipelines) or 2D production artists (game-ready assets). This book is not specifically focused on game design or game development and is also not a 3D modeling or animation guide. However, certain aspects of game design, game development, and 3D modeling and animation will impact the visual development and art creation process. So, at points throughout we will explore topics such as game engine performance and game mechanics, though at a very high-level, bird's-eye, vantage point and only as they pertain to the visual development of the various assignments throughout this book. Through the completion of the exercises and assignments contained within Visual Development for Web & Mobile Games readers will be guided through the visual development process and execution of a variety of concepts and assets (final game art). This includes categories such as characters, props, and backgrounds, within an isometric design template. The categories themselves will relate more to their function within a very simple game design template than their completed visual representation (e.g., the "big build-able" category could be anything from a town square to a fire breathing dragon as long as it fits within the bare bones parameters of the asset types functionality). The concept, theme, and style of these assets, as well as the world they inhabit, will be completely up to the individual artist. Key Features Weaves knowledge of classic visual development principles and web/mobile game art production practices. Assignments and exercises at the end of every chapter allow the reader to create a game art project from start to finish. Examines both 2D/3D game art pipelines. Includes a companion website with project files, asset downloads & author created video tutorials.
A computer based course using graphics software (AutoCAD, Photoshop, Ilustra, CorelDraw, Flash, Maya, etc.) which aims to develop skills in creating basic 2D and 3D drawings and designs applying the same concepts and principles of sketching, drafting and rendering. Students will likewise be introduced to Image editing programs as it is being used for image manipulation, enhancement, and retracing small resolution visuals. COMGRAP is also an ideal course with its use of graphic layout for publication wherein the concepts of design, typography and visual communication are applied.
Adobe Photoshop by
Adobe Photoshop: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to creating, editing, and enhancing images and designs in Adobe Photoshop. Whether you're retouching a photograph, making a simulated chalk drawing, or creating a composite photo with a 3D drawing, Photoshop is the tool for you-and this book will teach you what you need to know. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from Adobe Certified Instructor Steve Laskevitch, you will learn the procedures needed to use Photoshop effectively and professionally. Dozens of lessons are included that can be applied to any graphics you have in mind. Through these step-by-step lessons, you'll be exposed to all of Photoshop's features in practical contexts and its best practices for optimal workflows. To complete the Course, we'll supply lesson documents and their assets to download. These can even serve as starting points for your own projects. Then, for greater depth of knowledge and subsequent reference, you'll use the Compendium to uncover more of the "how" and "why" of Photoshop. With each topic easy to access, you can find and explore all of Photoshop's key features and concepts in depth. With cross references between the Course and Compendium, the two parts of the book complement each other perfectly. Best of all, when the lessons in the Course are done, the Compendium will continue to serve for months and years to come. Learn step by step how to: • Set up an ideal workspace • Master selections and masks • Work with type and brushes • Use blend modes for combining images • Take advantage of Smart Objects • Become more efficient and effective with actions and scripts • And much more!
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
AutoCAD 2019 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2019 3DModelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2019. Features: * Covers 3D solid modeling, 3D surface modeling, working with cameras/lighting, rendering and imaging, dimensioning and drafting, and model interchange * Includes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * Companion disc can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color * Written by an AutoDesk® Approved Instructor and Certified AutoDesk AutoCAD Master The companion files include (files are also available for downloading from the publisher): --Drawing Exercises and Projects --Solutions to Exercises and Projects --All Images from the Text eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
AutoCAD For Dummies, 18th Edition by
Simple steps for creating AutoCAD drawings AutoCAD is the ubiquitous tool used by engineers, architects, designers, and urban planners to put their ideas on paper. It takes some AutoCAD know-how to go from a brilliant idea to a drawing that properly explains how brilliant your idea is. AutoCAD For Dummies helps you de-mystify the handy software and put the tools in AutoCAD to use. Written by an experienced AutoCAD engineer and mechanical design instructor, it assumes no previous computer-aided drafting experience as it walks you through the basics of starting projects and drawing straight lines all the way up through 3D modeling. Conquer the first steps in creating an AutoCAD project Tackle drawing basics including straight lines and curves Add advanced skills including 3D drawing and modeling Set up a project and move into 3D It's true that AutoCAD is tough, but with the friendly instruction in this hands-on guide, you'll find everything you need to start creating marvelous models-without losing your cool.
CorelDRAW X8 : the official guide by
This thoroughly revised guide offers complete coverage of CorelDraw X8, including the revamped interface and brand-new features. CorelDRAW X8: The Official Guide shows anyone—from a beginner to an experienced illustrator—how to create top-drawer commercial graphics and exquisite artwork. You will learn to draw photorealistic illustrations, use shortcuts to create complex art, lay out text like a pro, add special effects, and transform 2D objects into 3D graphics. The book features tips for printing high-quality work that matches what you’ve designed on your monitor.
• Work in the customizable interface redesigned to reflect Windows® Metro style
• Explore and understand the software’s menus, palettes, and dockers
• Lay out brochures, flyers, and other multi-page documents
• Add paragraph, artistic, and custom-shaped text to your designs
• Search the Content Exchange for fonts, vector patterns, background designs, and the Get More docker
• Use the Perspective, Extrude, Smear, Twirl, Attract, Repel, and Distortion tools
• Incorporate lens effects, transparency, shadows, glows, and bevels
• Put all the elements together in a professional, visually compelling way with layout and design tips from the author
Immersive 3D design visualization : with Autodesk Maya and Unreal Engine 4 by
Discover the methods and techniques required for creating immersive design visualization for industry. This book proposes ways for industry-oriented design visualization from scratch. This includes fundamentals of creative and immersive technology; tools and techniques for architectural visualization; design visualization with Autodesk Maya; PBR integration; and texturing, material design, and integration into UE4 for immersive design visualization. You'll to dive into design and visualization, from planning to execution. You will start with the basics, such as an introduction to design visualization as well as to the software you will be using. You will next learn to create assets such as virtual worlds and texturing, and integrate them with Unreal Engine 4. Finally, there is a capstone project for you to make your own immersive visualization scene. By the end of the book you'll be able to create assets for use in industries such as game development, entertainment, architecture, design engineering, and digital education. You will: Gain the fundamentals of immersive design visualization Master design visualization with Autodesk Maya Study interactive visualization with UE4 Create your immersive design portfolio .
Mastering AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 by
30th Anniversary of the bestselling AutoCAD reference - fully updated for the 2018 release Mastering AutoCAD 2018 and AutoCAD LT 2018 is the complete tutorial and reference every design and drafting professional needs. Step-by-step instructions coupled with concise explanation walk you through everything you need to know about the latest AutoCAD tools and techniques; read through from beginning to end for complete training, or dip in as needed to for quick reference--it's all here. Hands-on projects teach you practical skills that apply directly to real-world projects, and the companion website features the accompanying project files and other bonus content to help you master every crucial technique. This new edition has been updated to include the latest AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT capabilities, so your skills will transfer directly to real-world projects. With expert guidance and a practical focus, this complete reference is your ultimate resource for mastering this powerful software. AutoCAD is a critical skill in the design fields; whether you're preparing for a certification exam, or just want to become more productive with the software, this book will help you: Master the basic drafting tools that you'll use in every project Work with hatches, fields, tables, attributes, dynamic blocks, and other intermediate tools Turn your 2D drawing into a 3D model with advanced modeling and imaging techniques Customize AutoCAD to fit the way you work, integrate outside data, and much more If you're new to AutoCAD, this book will be your "bible;" if you're an experienced user, this book will introduce you to unfamiliar tools and techniques, and show you tips and tricks that streamline your workflow.
Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 by
The world's favorite guide to everything AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT--updated for 2019! Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 is the world's all-time best-selling guide to the world's most popular drafting software. Packed with tips, tricks, techniques, and tutorials, this guide covers every inch of AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT--including certification. This new edition has been fully updated to align with the software's 2019 update, featuring the same expert instruction augmented by videos of crucial techniques. Step-by-step walk-throughs, concise explanations, specific examples and plenty of hands-on projects help you learn essential AutoCAD skills by working directly with the necessary tools--giving you a skill set that translates directly to on-the-job use. AutoCAD is the dominant design and drafting software for 2D and 3D technical drawings, while AutoCAD LT is the more affordable version often used by students and hobbyists. Professional designers need complete command of the software's tools and functions, but a deeper exploration of more complex capabilities can help even hobbyists produce work at a higher level of technical proficiency. This book is your ultimate guide to AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT, whether you're seeking certification or just looking to draw. Get acquainted with the workspace and basic drafting tools Gain greater control of your drawings with hatches, fields, fills, dynamic blocks, and curves Explore the 3D modeling and imaging tools that bring your drawing to life Customize AutoCAD to the way you work, integrate it with other software, and more As certification preparation material, this book is Autodesk-endorsed; as a self-study guide to AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT mastery, this book is the gold-standard, having led over a half million people on the journey to better design. If you're ready to learn quickly so you can get down to work, Mastering AutoCAD 2019 and AutoCAD LT 2019 is your ideal resource.
OpenCV 3 Computer Vision with Python Cookbook : Leverage the power of OpenCV 3 and Python to build computer vision applications by
OpenCV 3 is a native cross-platform library for computer vision, machine learning, and image processing. OpenCV's convenient high-level APIs hide very powerful internals designed for computational efficiency that can take advantage of multicore and GPU processing. This book will help you tackle increasingly challenging computer vision problems ...
Practical Autodesk AutoCAD 2021 and AutoCAD LT 2021 by
Learn 2D drawing and 3D modeling from scratch using AutoCAD 2021 and its more affordable LT version to become a CAD professional Key Features Explore the AutoCAD GUI, file format, and drawing tools to get started with CAD projects Learn to use drawing management tools for working efficiently on large projects Discover techniques for creating, modifying, and managing 3D models and converting 2D plans into 3D models Book Description AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT are one of the most versatile software applications for architectural and engineering designs and the most popular computer-aided design (CAD) platform for 2D drafting and 3D modeling. This hands-on guide will take you through everything you need to know to make the most out of this powerful tool, starting from a simple tour of the user interface through to using advanced tools. Starting with basic drawing shapes and functions, you'll get to grips with the fundamentals of CAD designs. You'll then learn about effective drawing management using layers, dynamic blocks, and groups and discover how to add annotations and plot like professionals. The book delves into 3D modeling and helps you convert your 2D drawings into 3D models and shapes. As you progress, you'll cover advanced tools and features such as isometric drawings, drawing utilities for managing and recovering complex files, quantity surveying, and multidisciplinary drawing files using xRefs, and you'll learn how to implement them with the help of practical exercises at the end of each chapter. Finally, you'll get to grips with rendering and visualizing your designs in AutoCAD. By the end of the book, you'll have developed a solid understanding of CAD principles and be able to work with AutoCAD software confidently to build impressive 2D and 3D drawings. What you will learn Understand CAD fundamentals using AutoCAD's basic functions, navigation, and components Create complex 3d solid objects starting from the primitive shapes using the solid editing tools Working with reusable objects like Blocks and collaborating using xRef Explore some advanced features like external references and dynamic block Get to grips with surface and mesh modeling tools such as Fillet, Trim, and Extend Use the paper space layout in AutoCAD for creating professional plots for 2D and 3D models Convert your 2D drawings into 3D models Who this book is for The book is for design engineers, mechanical engineers, architects, and anyone working in construction, manufacturing, or similar fields. Whether you're an absolute beginner, student, or professional looking to upgrade your engineering design skills, you'll find this AutoCAD book useful. No prior knowledge of CAD or AutoCAD is necessary.
Practical Glimpse : learn to edit and create digital photos and art with this powerful open source image editor by
Learn how to edit images and create compelling digital art with Glimpse, the newest open source alternative to Adobe Photoshop and GIMP. This book explores Glimpse's broad selection of tools and features that can create beautiful (raster) digital art; painting, drawings, and art created from photos by applying one of the many filters to create artistic effects. You will quickly become acquainted with this powerful program and understand how to use workspace tools and layers. You will learn step-by-step how to correct exposure, digitally retouch and repair damaged photos, and handle just about any photo editing task--even colorizing grayscale images. Practice files are provided with step-by-step instructions to jump into photo editing and art creation. Glimpse is a powerful program that is a viable alternative to Adobe Photoshop and other proprietary software. The possibilities of the art one can create are almost limitless--get started with it using this book today. You will: Navigate the Glimpse workspace Use layers, which are essential in any professional quality image editing program Work with the varied tools that Glimpse offers Enhance, retouch, and modify digital images Restore and repair damaged family photos, and create composites such as replacing backgrounds Create compelling digital artwork using the drawing tools and by applying artistic filters.
This course develops an advanced understanding of film as a complex cultural medium through the discussion of key theoretical and critical approaches. Theoretical and critical approaches discussed may include: Marxist theory, realist theory, genre criticism, auteur theory, structuralism, feminist theory, and journalistic criticism.
The course combines weekly feature-length viewings with lectures, group discussions, and written assignments.
Cinema Between Media by
Cinema has always been a mixed medium, sharing its basic form with photography, borrowing heavily from performing arts and the novel, and combining medialities like painting and music. But although it could be argued that cinema is the intermedial art form par excellence, this insight has not affected film analysis as much as might be expected. Seeking to change our perceptions of cinema as a medium, Cinema Between Media draws on case studies of films like Zero Dark Thirty, Citizen Kane, Howl and Birdman to rethink cinema as an aesthetic form, and to raise new ideas about the practice of film analysis.
The Craft of Criticism by
With contributions from 30 leading media scholars, this collection provides a comprehensive overview of the main methodologies of critical media studies. Chapters address various methods of textual analysis, as well as reception studies, policy, production studies, and contextual, multi-method approaches, like intertextuality and cultural geography. Film and television are at the heart of the collection, which also addresses emergent technologies and new research tools in such areas as software studies, gaming, and digital humanities. Each chapter includes an intellectual history of a particular method or approach, a discussion of why and how it was used to study a particular medium or media, relevant examples of influential work in the area, and an in-depth review of a case study drawn from the author's own research. Together, the chapters in this collection give media critics a complete toolbox of essential critical media studies methodologies.
Documentary Media by
In a digital moment where both the democratizing and totalitarian possibilities of media are unprecedented, the need for complex, ethical, and imaginative documentary media--for you, the reader of this book to think, question, and create--is vital. Whether you are an aspiring or seasoned practitioner, an activist or community leader, a student or scholar, or simply a curious audience member, author Broderick Fox opens up documentary media, its changing forms, and diversifying social functions to readers in a manner that is at once rigorous, absorbing, and practical. This new edition updates and further explores the various histories, ideas, and cultural debates that surround and shape documentary practice today. Each chapter engages readers by challenging traditional assumptions, posing critical and creative questions, and offering up innovative historical and contemporary examples. Additionally, each chapter closes with an "Into Practice" section that provides analysis and development exercises and hands-on projects that will assist you in generating a full project prospectus, promotional trailer, and web presence for your own documentary.
Film Criticism As a Cultural Institution by
At the beginning of the 21st century film criticism was described as in crisis. The decline of print journalism, a series of lay-offs of prominent critics, and the rise of "amateur" reviewing online spurred a conversation about the decline, even death, of film criticism. This discourse flourished in part because film criticism has been little examined in scholarship to date. This book takes a deeper look at film criticism by focusing on its institutional contours. This is achieved through a combination of archival research and interviews with prominent film critics and stakeholders, including Adrian Martin (LOLA), Stephanie Zacharek (Time), Peter Bart (Variety), and Andrew Sarris (The Village Voice). Film Criticism as a Cultural Institution first examines the contemporary crisis conversation surrounding film criticism, comparing this to historical precedents. It then provides what today¿s crisis conversation does not: an account of film criticism¿s institutional formations. Using primarily U.S. and Australian case studies based on interviews, observation and archival research¿as well as accounts from other national schools¿the book maps contemporary film criticism. Across various sites, such as publications or online spaces, and organisations, such as film critics circles, it elucidates film criticism¿s institutional practices, tasks, comportments, and personae. Looking at the history of conversations about film criticism shows us that "crisis" has always been a leitmotif. While acknowledging the considerable changes and challenges that film criticism faces today, this book situates these within an historical context and proposes an institutional framework that allows us to move beyond crisis discourse. Looking at film criticism in this way allows us to see that the very question of what counts as film criticism is continually contested within an institutional ecology made up of distinctive critical comportments addressed to distinctive audiences.
Liquid space : science fiction film and television in the digital age by
In this remarkable and original book, Sean Redmond examines the issues and themes that are repeatedly found across a range of contemporary science fiction films and television programmes. He argues that they reveal the profound effects the digital age has had on our social lives. Through narratives that feature the 'post-human', genetic engineering and cloning, surveillance and data mining, space and time travel, artificial intelligence, online dating cultures and visions of catastrophe, they portray a world in which the material, and the stable, are being lost to the ever-more volatile and ephemeral idea of 'liquid space'. Redmond examines a wide selection of popular films and TV series such as Gravity, Under the Skin, The Lobster, Children of Men and Doctor Who, to locate how traditional values are being erased in favour of a new liquid modernity. Drawing on an eclectic range of approaches from phenomenology to critical race theory, and from close textual analysis to the revelations of eye-tracking technology, this book is an illuminating account of the digital age through the lens of science fiction.
The Routledge Companion to Media Studies and Digital Humanities by
Although media studies and digital humanities are established fields, their overlaps have not been examined in depth. This comprehensive collection fills that gap, giving readers a critical guide to understanding the array of methodologies and projects operating at the intersections of media, culture, and practice. Topics include: access, praxis, social justice, design, interaction, interfaces, mediation, materiality, remediation, data, memory, making, programming, and hacking.
The Technique of Film and Video Editing by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
This course develops an advanced understanding of film as a complex cultural medium through the discussion of key theoretical and critical approaches. Theoretical and critical approaches discussed may include: Marxist theory, realist theory, genre criticism, auteur theory, structuralism, feminist theory, and journalistic criticism.
The course combines weekly feature-length viewings with lectures, group discussions, and written assignments.
The structures of the film experience by Jean-Pierre Meunier : historical assessments and phenomenological expansions by
For the first time this volume makes Jean-Pierre Meunier's influential thoughts on the film experience available for an English-speaking readership. Introduced and commented by specialists in film studies and philosophy, Meunier's intricate phenomenological descriptions of the spectator's engagement with fiction films, documentaries and home movies can reach the wide audience they have deserved ever since their publication in French in 1969.
Demo Reel and Film Festival Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that prepares students for their graduation and eventual entry into the industry. Students produce a demo reel and learn the processes involved in staging a festival where their works can be showcased.
The Art of Okja by
Meet Mija, a young girl who risks everything to prevent a powerful, multi-national company from kidnapping her best friend - a fascinating animal named Okja. This is the official art book to celebrate the beautiful new movie from director Bong Joon Ho (Snowpiercer, The Host) and Netflix. Featuring exclusive interviews with the director, Tilda Swinton, and key crew members, combined with concept artwork, candid set photography, and VFX material detailing the production process, this is a one of a kind book for a one of a kind movie.
Digital Modeling by
Professional modeling is the foundation of every aspect of the 3D production pipeline and is essential to the success of any 3D computer graphics project. [digital] Modeling is unlike any other modeling book you've seen-it gets to the core of what it takes to create efficient production-ready models and demystifies the process of producing realistic and jaw-dropping graphics. Taking a software-neutral approach, it teaches you the essential skills and concepts that you can apply to modeling in any industry 3D software, such as 3ds Max, LightWave 3D, Maya, Modo, Silo, XSI, ZBrush and other leading programs.
Film Festivals by
The last decade has witnessed an explosion of interest in film festivals, with the field growing to a position of prominence within the space of a few short years. Film Festivals: History, Theory, Method, Practice represents a major addition to the literature on this topic, offering an authoritative and comprehensive introduction to the area. With a combination of chapters specifically examining history, theory, method and practice, it offers a clear structure and systematic approach for the study of film festivals. Offering a collection of essays written by an international range of established scholars, it discusses well-known film festivals in Europe, North America and Asia, but equally devotes attention to the diverse range of smaller and/or specialized events that take place around the globe. It provides essential knowledge on the origin and development of film festivals, discusses the use of theory to study festivals, explores the methods of ethnographic and archival research, and looks closely at the professional practice of programming and film funding. Each section, moreover, is introduced by the editors, and all chapters include useful suggestions for further reading. This will be an essential textbook for students studying film festivals as part of their film, media and cultural studies courses, as well as a strong research tool for scholars that wish to familiarize themselves with this burgeoning field.
Film Studies for Dummies by
Make sense of the world of cinema Want to pull back the curtain on film? This hands-on, friendly guide unravels the complexities of film and helps you put cinema into a cultural context. You'll get an easy-to-follow introduction to different film genres and styles, learn about the history of cinema, get to know who makes up a filmmaking team, explore global cinema from Hollywood to Bollywood and much more. Film Studies For Dummies will open your mind to how the film industry works and help you to discover the impact of film on popular culture. You'll get easy-to-read information on analyzing and critiquing film from a range of theoretical, historical and critical perspectives, and learn how people communicate ideas in film. You'll also be able to shine a light on how stories are developed in movies, understand how a storyline is related to broader issues in society and become a well-versed and insightful film student. Covers the narrative, artistic, cultural, economic and political implications of cinema Provides conceptual frameworks for understanding a film's relationship to reality Explores how people tell stories and communicate ideas in film Helps you excel as a student of film Whether you're planning to study film, a humanities student with a forthcoming module on film or a film enthusiast wondering if this might be the future for you, Film Studies For Dummies has you covered.
The Global Film Book by
The Global Film Book is an accessible and entertaining exploration of the development of film as global industry and art form, written especially for students and introducing readers to the rich and varied cinematic landscape beyond Hollywood. Highlighting areas of difference and similarity in film economies and audiences, as well as form, genre and narrative, this textbook considers a broad range of examples and up to date industry data from Europe, Africa, Asia, Australasia and Latin America. Author Roy Stafford combines detailed studies of indigenous film and television cultures with cross border, global and online entertainment operations, including examples from Nollywood to Korean Cinema, via telenovelas and Nordic crime drama. The Global Film Book demonstrates a number of contrasting models of contemporary production, distribution and consumption of film worldwide, charting and analysing the past, present and potential futures for film throughout the world. The book also provides students with: a series of exploratory pathways into film culture worldwide illuminating analyses and suggestions for further readings and viewing, alongside explanatory margin notes and case studies a user friendly text design, featuring over 120 colour images a dynamic and comprehensive blog, online at www.globalfilmstudies.com, providing updates and extensions of case studies in the book and analysis of the latest developments in global film issues.
Ideas for the Animated Short by
Editor's note: there has been an issue with the book's companion site. Focal Press is fixing the issue. In the meanwhile, please visit http://www.routledge.com/cw/sullivan-978024081872/ for all the material promised in the book. From demo reel creation to festival shorts, students and professionals alike are creating animated shorts that are dynamic and eye catching but the time constraints of these shorts are challenging in their own right. The unique format of the animated short of two to five minutes in length presents a practical and aesthetic challenge that is rarely addressed in the classroom. Ideas for the Animated Shortis a comprehensive and practical blueprint for creative and unique animated short creation with a focus on the strength of a compelling story. A comprehensive guide to the animated short, this title is an invaluable asset for aspiring animation professionals, students and independent filmmakers. Explore the process of developing a short from conception to final delivery and adapt the industry's best practices in your own workflow. Written by four leading animators, artists and professors, Ideas for the Animated Shortis written from the unique perspective of a professional animator adapting creative stories into incredible animated shorts. Follow from start to finish the creation of an animated short from the pre-production thought process to story development and character design. Explore the best practices and avoid the common pitfalls of creating two to five minute shorts. Watch a specially created animated short, demonstrating the core techniques and principles at the companion website! Packed with illustrated examples of idea generation, character and story development, acting, dialogue and storyboarding practice this is your conceptual toolkit proven to meet the challenges of this unique art form. The companion website includes in-depth interviews with industry insiders, short animations (many with accompanying animatics, character designs and environment designs) and an acting workshop to get your animated short off to a flying start! With all NEW content on script writing, acting, sound design and visual storytelling that further enhance your animated shorts and apply the industry best practices to your own projects.
Demo Reel and Film Festival Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that prepares students for their graduation and eventual entry into the industry. Students produce a demo reel and learn the processes involved in staging a festival where their works can be showcased.
Digital Modeling by
Professional modeling is the foundation of every aspect of the 3D production pipeline and is essential to the success of any 3D computer graphics project. [digital] Modeling is unlike any other modeling book you've seen-it gets to the core of what it takes to create efficient production-ready models and demystifies the process of producing realistic and jaw-dropping graphics. Taking a software-neutral approach, it teaches you the essential skills and concepts that you can apply to modeling in any industry 3D software, such as 3ds Max, LightWave 3D, Maya, Modo, Silo, XSI, ZBrush and other leading programs.
Film Noir Production by
David Landau's Film Noir Production: The Whodunit of the Classic American Mystery Film is a book meant for those who like a good story, one the Noir Films always delivered, concentrating on the characters more than anything else. Readers will find in these pages many behind-the-scenes tales of the productions of certain hard-boiled film classics and the prime players involved in their creation, from Darryl Zanuck and Raymond Chandler to John Seitz and Billy Wilder. This book features: A clear understanding of how movies are actually made and all the creative artists that contribute, creating a better appreciation for the many talented artistic collaborators that worked in the Hollywood Studio System and who together created film noir. A behind-the-scenes look at the making of a classic film noir movie that typifies the chapter's subject, allowing the reader to view that film in a new light and think about it from a new prospective. Appendices of suggested films to screen, film noir books for further reading, and downloadable files containing discussion points and class assignments for each chapter. An informative and conversational writing style, making the subject matter easy to digest and fun to read. This book is an indispensible companion text for anyone studying or interested in film noir, film history, the bygone days of the Hollywood film factories or how movies are actually made.
Film Studies for Dummies by
Make sense of the world of cinema Want to pull back the curtain on film? This hands-on, friendly guide unravels the complexities of film and helps you put cinema into a cultural context. You'll get an easy-to-follow introduction to different film genres and styles, learn about the history of cinema, get to know who makes up a filmmaking team, explore global cinema from Hollywood to Bollywood and much more. Film Studies For Dummies will open your mind to how the film industry works and help you to discover the impact of film on popular culture. You'll get easy-to-read information on analyzing and critiquing film from a range of theoretical, historical and critical perspectives, and learn how people communicate ideas in film. You'll also be able to shine a light on how stories are developed in movies, understand how a storyline is related to broader issues in society and become a well-versed and insightful film student. Covers the narrative, artistic, cultural, economic and political implications of cinema Provides conceptual frameworks for understanding a film's relationship to reality Explores how people tell stories and communicate ideas in film Helps you excel as a student of film Whether you're planning to study film, a humanities student with a forthcoming module on film or a film enthusiast wondering if this might be the future for you, Film Studies For Dummies has you covered.
Ideas for the Animated Short by
Editor's note: there has been an issue with the book's companion site. Focal Press is fixing the issue. In the meanwhile, please visit http://www.routledge.com/cw/sullivan-978024081872/ for all the material promised in the book. From demo reel creation to festival shorts, students and professionals alike are creating animated shorts that are dynamic and eye catching but the time constraints of these shorts are challenging in their own right. The unique format of the animated short of two to five minutes in length presents a practical and aesthetic challenge that is rarely addressed in the classroom. Ideas for the Animated Shortis a comprehensive and practical blueprint for creative and unique animated short creation with a focus on the strength of a compelling story. A comprehensive guide to the animated short, this title is an invaluable asset for aspiring animation professionals, students and independent filmmakers. Explore the process of developing a short from conception to final delivery and adapt the industry's best practices in your own workflow. Written by four leading animators, artists and professors, Ideas for the Animated Shortis written from the unique perspective of a professional animator adapting creative stories into incredible animated shorts. Follow from start to finish the creation of an animated short from the pre-production thought process to story development and character design. Explore the best practices and avoid the common pitfalls of creating two to five minute shorts. Watch a specially created animated short, demonstrating the core techniques and principles at the companion website! Packed with illustrated examples of idea generation, character and story development, acting, dialogue and storyboarding practice this is your conceptual toolkit proven to meet the challenges of this unique art form. The companion website includes in-depth interviews with industry insiders, short animations (many with accompanying animatics, character designs and environment designs) and an acting workshop to get your animated short off to a flying start! With all NEW content on script writing, acting, sound design and visual storytelling that further enhance your animated shorts and apply the industry best practices to your own projects.
The Insider's Guide to Independent Film Distribution by
Innovation in technology means that almost anyone can make an independent film these days. Although this may be good news for aspiring filmmakers, it also means that the oversupply of independent films on the market has caused acquisition prices to dramatically decrease. As a result, producers and investors rarely recover their initial investment in the films they make. But don't be discouraged! Use this book to learn the realities of the market in advance and map out a winning distribution plan. This comprehensive manual for filmmakers and producers dedicated to film distribution and the marketplace could mean the difference between getting your film out to the public and keeping it "in the can." Learn how to sell your movie to a studio, a cable network, a video distributor, or an international buyer. Self-distribution and other alternatives to traditional distribution are also considered. In addition, you'll hear some success stories from producers and hear exactly what buyers are seeking. Stacey Parks has worked with hundreds of hungry filmmakers to get their films a distribution deal and knows how frustrating the whole process can be. Let her show you how you can take control of your filmmaking career and start getting your work seen by audiences with a few little-known distribution secrets. Features include: . Interviews and case studies with producers and distributors . Ten ways to market your film for self-distribution . Sales projections per territory . Distribution resources listings . Negotiation tips for distribution agreements . Sample distribution agreements . What you must know to get your independent film distributed . Written by a distributor who knows the process inside and out . Interviews with buyers and acquisitions executives from every sector of the business on what kinds of films they look for, what they're sick of seeing, and how their acquisitions processes work . Website features sample distribution agreements, budgets, and more! New to this edition: . Completely updated for modern distribution practices (broadcast, DVD, VOD, and other kinds of distribution deals) . New coverage on crowd-funding, social media, film marketing, and deal memos . Get the best inside distribution secrets from brand new interviews with an international cast of directors, producers, and distribution experts who share their experiences . Companion website features helpful downloadable forms and templates, sample distribution memos, and a great resource section
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video by
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video, Fifth Edition is the definitive book on the subject for the serious film student or beginning filmmaker. Its unique two-fold approach looks at filmmaking from the perspectives of both the producer and director, and clearly explains how their separate roles must work together to create a successful short film or video. Through extensive examples from award-winning shorts and insightful interviews, you will learn about common challenges the filmmakers encountered during each step of filmmaking process--from preproduction to production, postproduction, and distribution--and the techniques they used to overcome them. In celebrating this book's twentieth anniversary, this edition has been updated to include: Two all-new, in-depth cases studies of esteemed short films--Memory Lane and the Academy Award-winning God of Love A revised chapter progression that reinforces the significance of the actor - director relationship Interviews with the filmmakers integrated alongside the text, as well as new images and behind-the-scenes coverage of production processes Revamped sections on current financing strategies, postproduction workflows, and the wide variety of distribution platforms now available to filmmakers A "Where are They Now" appendix featuring updates on the original filmmakers covered in the first edition An expanded companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/rea) containing useful forms and information on distributors, grants and financing sources, film and video festivals, film schools, internet sources for short works, and professional associations
Reel success : creating demo reels and animation portfolios by
Are you an animator looking to get your foot in the door to the top studios? It's tough if you don't have a demo reel and portfolio that reflects your unique style and incredible talents.nbsp; The reception of that reel will make or break you; so it's no wonder that creating a demo reel can be such a daunting task.nbsp; Reel Success by Cheryl Cabrera can help.nbsp; This book guides you into putting the right content into your portfolio, how to cater to the right audience, and how to harness the power of social media and network effectively.nbsp; Accompanied by case studies of actual students' demo reels, this book teaches how to develop a critical eye toward effective and ineffective demo reels. Looking to get your foot in the door? Break it down with Reel Success.
Theorizing Art Cinemas by
The term "art cinema" has been applied to many cinematic projects, including the film d'art movement, the postwar avant-gardes, various Asian new waves, the New Hollywood, and American indie films, but until now no one has actually defined what "art cinema" is. Turning the traditional, highbrow notion of art cinema on its head, Theorizing Art Cinemas takes a flexible, inclusive approach that views art cinema as a predictable way of valuing movies as "art" movies--an activity that has occurred across film history and across film subcultures--rather than as a traditional genre in the sense of a distinct set of forms or a closed historical period or movement. David Andrews opens with a history of the art cinema "super-genre" from the early days of silent movies to the postwar European invasion that brought Italian Neorealism, the French New Wave, and the New German Cinema to the forefront and led to the development of auteur theory. He then discusses the mechanics of art cinema, from art houses, film festivals, and the academic discipline of film studies, to the audiences and distribution systems for art cinema as a whole. This wide-ranging approach allows Andrews to develop a theory that encompasses both the high and low ends of art cinema in all of its different aspects, including world cinema, avant-garde films, experimental films, and cult cinema. All of these art cinemas, according to Andrews, share an emphasis on quality, authorship, and anticommercialism, whether the film in question is film festival favorite or a midnight movie.
Basic Digital Video Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that seeks to train the students in the fundamentals of digital video production with an emphasis in visualization and storytelling by means of a motion picture medium.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Making video dance : a step-by-step guide to creating dance for the screen by
Making Video Dance: A Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dance for the Screen is the first workbook to follow the entire process of video dance production: from having an idea, through to choreographing for the screen, filming and editing, and distribution. In doing so, it explores and analyses the creative, practical, technical, and aesthetic issues that arise when making screen dance. This rigorously revised edition brings the book fully up to date from a technical and aesthetic point of view, and includes: An extended exploration of improvisation in the video dance-making process New writing about filming in the landscape Additional writing on developing a practice and working with scores and manifestos Updated information about camera use, including filming with mobile phones A step-by-step guide to digital non-linear editing of screen dance Ideas for distribution in the 21st century Insights into Katrina's own screen dance practice, with reference to specific works that she has directed and which are available to view online New and revised practical exercises New illustrations specially drawn for this edition
Production Design for Screen by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story. Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis- space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design. Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Basic Digital Video Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that seeks to train the students in the fundamentals of digital video production with an emphasis in visualization and storytelling by means of a motion picture medium.
Film and Video Editing Theory by
Film and Video Editing Theory offers an accessible, introductory guide to the practices used to create meaning through editing. In this book, Michael Frierson synthesizes the theories of the most prominent film editors and scholars, from Herbert Zettl, Sergei Eisenstein, and Noël Burch to the work of landmark Hollywood editors like Walter Murch and Edward Dmytryk. In so doing, he maps out a set of craft principles for readers, whether one is debating if a flashback reveals too much, if a certain cut clarifies or obscures the space of a scene, or if a shot needs to be trimmed. The book is grounded in the unity of theory and practice, looking beyond technical proficiency in a specific software to explain to readers how and why certain cuts work or don't work.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Grammar of the Edit by
Tell more effective visual stories by learning the "grammar" of cinematic language with this elegant, accessible reference. The fourth edition of Grammar of the Edit gives you the answers to the all-important questions of when to cut and why, and teaches readers the principles behind transitions, editing for continuity, selecting the best shots, editing sound, color correction, and more. Designed as an easy-to-use guide, Grammar of the Edit presents each topic succinctly with clear photographs and diagrams illustrating key concepts, practical exercises and quiz questions, and is a staple of any filmmaker's library. New to the fourth edition: An expanded companion website offering downloadable and editable raw footage so that students can practice the techniques described in the book, and instructional videos showcasing examples of different editing choices and types of shot transitions. New and expanded quiz questions and practical exercises at the end of each chapter help test readers on their knowledge using real-world scenarios. Updated topic discussions, explanations, illustrations and visual examples. An all-new chapter on Sound resources in filmmaking and Audio Editing guidelines. Together with its companion volume, Grammar of the Shot, the core concepts discussed in these books offer concise and practical resources for both experienced and aspiring filmmakers.
Introduction to video production : studio, field, and beyond by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and Video by
This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling, and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators--one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music, and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio--this book teaches nonfiction producers, filmmakers, and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors' own experiences, interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style, the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such, it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers, directors, and producers, or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises, production sound layout diagrams, templates, and other resources.
Shoot, edit, share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Video production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Advanced Digital Video Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that takes previous training in basic techniques and uses these in a more intensive and applied environment; with focus being on the creation of higher-quality outputs and applications rather than the familiarization of fundamentals.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Digital Compositing for Film and Video is a hands-on, how-to guide that addresses the problems and difficult choices faced by the professional compositor in real-life situations. This book presents you with tips, tricks and techniques for dealing with the badly shot elements, color artifacts, and mismatched lighting that bedevil compositors. Included in this book is: in-depth, practical methods for bluescreen matte extraction, despill operations, compositing operations, and color correction-the "meat and potatoes" of all digital effects. Written in a completely software independent style, it is totally applicable to any brand of compositing software. The second edition contains many important additions: * printed in full color with over 400 color photos and illustrations * companion DVD with 3.7 gigabytes of test images, including hard to get HiDef video and feature film scans * new section on working with HiDef video * new section on digital intermediate, the feature film finishing process of today * more Adobe Photoshop blending modes and procedures * new material that reveals the add-mix composite, light wrap, slot gags, and how to defeat banding problems
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
The Movie making book skills and projects to learn and share by
Making movies is easier for young people than ever before, using nothing more than a smartphone or a tablet with simple editing programmes.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Advanced Digital Video Production
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that takes previous training in basic techniques and uses these in a more intensive and applied environment; with focus being on the creation of higher-quality outputs and applications rather than the familiarization of fundamentals.
Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 release by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC (2017 release) choose Adobe Premiere Pro CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release) from Adobe Press. The 18 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in Premiere Pro. Learn to edit video in Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 and get the most out of your workflow. Take a project from beginning to end and learn to organize media, add audio, create transitions, produce titles, and add effects. Take your projects further by sweetening and mixing sound, compositing footage, adjusting color, using advanced editing techniques, managing projects, working with 360 video for VR headsets, exporting, and much more.
The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and interactive multiple-choice quizzes. As always with the Classroom in a Book, Instructor Notes are available for teachers to download.
The cool stuff in Premiere Pro : learn advanced editing techniques to dramatically speed up your workflow by
Gain in-depth knowledge of Premiere Pro, and learn how the software "thinks." You'll acquire new skills that will help you choose the best workflow for your project, and simplify and accelerate your video editing process. Learn how you can edit a lot faster with smarter workflows that automate several steps in the editing process. You'll also see how custom settings, presets, keyboard shortcuts and templates saves hours of work. By tailoring the software to your needs you save clicks on just about every task. With many traditional jobs now being done by one person, its important to understand audio smoothing, color grading, motion graphics, and advanced editing techniques. You?ll learn these skills and disciplines and see how they'll enhance your project's workflow. All the authors are professional editors and want to know exactly how to cut your film as fast as possible with top quality output.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Final Cut Pro X 10.4 : professional post-production by
This fully updated Apple-certified guide presents a real-world workflow from raw media to finished project to demonstrate the features of Final Cut Pro X 10.4 and the practical techniques you will use in editing projects. Using professionally acquired media, you'll utilize the same tools and editing techniques used by editors worldwide in this revolutionary editing software. Renowned editor and master trainer Brendan Boykin starts with basic video editing techniques and takes you all the way through Final Cut Pro's powerful features.
Final Cut Pro X Beyond the Basics by
Going beyond where introductory books leave off and written for experienced editors, especially those new to Final Cut Pro X, this new and revised edition of Final Cut Pro X Beyond the Basics is brimming with cutting-edge methods to bring your editing skills to the next level. Explained in jargon-free language by a seasoned teacher and digital editor, Tom Wolsky's text has been fully updated to address the new Final Cut Pro X 10.3 interface and changes to the software. This full-color workshop features tutorials that provide firsthand experience on the art and technique of editing at an advanced level with Final Cut Pro X, as well as in-depth information and time-saving tips that will allow you to master the application's interface elements, tools, and nuances. Wolsky covers all the bases, including: Library workflows and collaboration; Media organization and metadata customization for different genres; Editing techniques for projects of various lengths and types; Using markers and the timeline index; Audio tools; Multicam editing; Audio and video effects; Color correction, including secondary corrections and isolated color adjustments; Compositing and complex animation. An accompanying eResource features downloadable Final Cut Pro X project libraries for the tutorials discussed in the book, offering readers hands-on examples of the techniques and practices covered.
High Dynamic Range Video by
High Dynamic Range Video: Concepts, Technologies and Applications gives an introduction to a full range of topics within the end-to-end HDR video pipeline, covering the issues around capturing HDR and stereo HDR video, such as ghosting and use of legacy LDR systems, how HDR video can be manipulated, including real-time mixing, the very latest designs for HDR displays, HDR video on mobile devices, and the applications of HDR video. With this book, the reader will gain an overview of the current state-of-the art of HDR video, learn the potential of HDR video to provide a step change to a wide range of imaging applications, and attain the knowledge needed to introduce HDR video in their own applications. Written by experts who have been actively researching High Dynamic Range Video Covers a full range of topics within the end-to-end HDR video pipeline Provides applications that demonstrate how HDR video can be applied
My GoPro Hero 5 camera by
Step-by-step instructions with callouts to the GoPro HERO5 Black, HERO5 Session, or HERO Session camera. Photos and sample images show you exactly what to do. Help when you run into problems or limitations with your GoPro camera in specific shooting situations. Tips and Notes to help you get the most from your GoPro camera when taking pictures or shooting HD video in a wide range of shooting situations. Full-color, step-by-step tasks walk you through getting and keeping your GoPro camera working just the way you want in order to shoot the absolute best photos and videos possible. Learn how to: Set up your GoPro camera and prepare for any type of shooting situation Take awesome first- or third-person videos just about anywhere, including underwater or in low-light situations Select and use the best camera housing, mount, and accessories to capture the perfect shots Take detailed and vibrant high-resolution, digital images with your GoPro camera Shoot stunning HD video using your GoPro camera Record high-quality audio in conjunction with your videos Choose the best resolution and camera settings for each shooting situation you encounter Wirelessly transfer your digital content from your camera to your smartphone or tablet using the GoPro Capture mobile app Transfer content from your camera to your computer to view, edit, enhance, archive, and share it using photo editing software or the GoPro QUIK Desktop and GoPro Studio video editing software Learn strategies used by the pros to achieve your own professional results.
Screens Producing and Media Operations by
Media servers have established themselves as the dominant video playback tool for live events; however, the practice of delivering content to these systems and the structure of the media operations team is still evolving. This book outlines a workflow for video content delivery and describes team communication that can be applied to any entertainment production including: television specials, concert touring, corporate events, theater, as well as special events, film, large audience marketing events, and multi-screen permanent installations. This workflow is hardware and software independent, designed to evolve with future technologies as they become established in the field of multi-screen production, and has been proven professionally by the author and her peers over a decade of productions. The methodology presented will provide insights beneficial to students and current practitioners of media server technology, screens producers, and video content developers. Using real world examples of internationally recognized productions, a foundation is laid for best practices in Media Operations. Additional content, including full-color versions of the images inside the book, is available online.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
The strategic producer : on the art and craft of making your first feature by
Today's technologies and economic models won't settle for a conventional approach to filmmaking.　The Strategic Producer: On the Art and Craft of Making Your First Feature combines history, technology, aesthetics, data, decision-making strategies, and time-tested methods into a powerful new approach to producing.　An ideal text for aspiring filmmakers, The Strategic Producer orients the reader's mind-set towards self-empowerment by sharing essential and timeless techniques producers need to get the job done while also embracing the constantly evolving production landscape. - Written in clear, succinct, and non-technical prose. - Includes six sidebar in depth interviews with industry professionals providing additional perspectives. - Clearly presented line drawings help readers quickly understand complex ideas like production timelines, story structure, and business models. - Includes samples from key documents such as script pages, budgets, shooting schedules, and business plans for potential investors.
Video compression handbook by
Video Compression Handbook gives you these keys by explaining the core concepts of compression, the latest tools to use, and the important workflows for creating video for specific deliveries. After the groundwork is laid, you will learn how to compress video according to the specific requirements of your projects and will learn some best practices by following the author's own tips and recipes.
Experts in the field lend their own solutions in several sidebars throughout the book, making this a valuable learning tool for anyone learning to encode video, whether you are a video editor, independent filmmaker, or simply involved in the video-to-viewer process.
Video production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that introduces students to the rudiments and discipline of non-fiction film production.
Documentary Editing by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
Documentary Media by
In a digital moment where both the democratizing and totalitarian possibilities of media are unprecedented, the need for complex, ethical, and imaginative documentary media--for you, the reader of this book to think, question, and create--is vital. Whether you are an aspiring or seasoned practitioner, an activist or community leader, a student or scholar, or simply a curious audience member, author Broderick Fox opens up documentary media, its changing forms, and diversifying social functions to readers in a manner that is at once rigorous, absorbing, and practical. This new edition updates and further explores the various histories, ideas, and cultural debates that surround and shape documentary practice today. Each chapter engages readers by challenging traditional assumptions, posing critical and creative questions, and offering up innovative historical and contemporary examples. Additionally, each chapter closes with an "Into Practice" section that provides analysis and development exercises and hands-on projects that will assist you in generating a full project prospectus, promotional trailer, and web presence for your own documentary.
Open Space New Media Documentary by
Open Space New Media Documentary examines an emerging and significant area of documentary practice in the twenty-first century: community-based new media documentary projects that move across platforms and utilize participatory modalities. The book offers an innovative theorization of these collaborative and collective new media practices, which the authors term "open space," gesturing towards a more contextual critical nexus of technology, form, histories, community, convenings, collaborations, and mobilities. It looks at a variety of low cost, sustainable and scalable documentary projects from across the globe, where new technologies meet places and people in Argentina, Canada, India, Indonesia, Peru, South Africa, Ukraine, and the USA.
Ten Years of Studies in Documentary Film by
This volume will be a ¿time capsule¿ of the first 10 years of Studies in Documentary Film (2007-2016), tracing not only the development of the journal but also of documentary studies in the same period. Issues such as the rise of digital documentary forms and authorship, documentary activism, and the Chinese Independent documentary, as well as diverse political issues, will be raised in the introduction and evidenced in the articles. The chapters have been chosen for the various themes they raise in documentary studies but also in broader field of documentary scholarship (including publishing), and the rise of the internet as a powerful force in documentary studies.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that introduces students to the rudiments and discipline of non-fiction film production.
Beyond Observation by
This electronic version has been made available under a Creative Commons (BY-NC-ND) open access license. A history of ethnographic film from the birth of cinema in 1895 until 2015 that analyses a large number of films made in a broad range of styles, on a broad range of topics and in many different parts of the world. For the period before the Second World War, it considers films made in reportage, exotic melodrama and travelogue genres as well as more conventionally ethnographic films made for academic and state-funded purposes. It then describes how after the war, ethnographic film-makers developed various different modes of authorship inspired by the ideas of Jean Rouch, Robert Gardner and Colin Young. It also considers films made from the 1970s by the indigenous subjects themselves as well as those made for British television up until the 1990s. In the final part, it examines various possible models for the future of ethnographic film.
Documentary Editing by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
The Documentary Filmmaker's Roadmap by
The Documentary Filmmaker's Roadmap is a concise and practical guide to making a feature-length documentary film--from funding to production to distribution, exhibition and marketing. Using her award-winning film Musicwood--a New York Times Critics' Pick--as a case study, director Maxine Trump guides the reader through the complex lifecycle of the documentary Film. Her interviews with lawyers, funders, distributors, TV executives and festival programmers provide a behind-the-scenes look that will assist readers on their own filmmaking journey. Written from the perspective of a successful documentary filmmaker, the book covers mistakes made and lessons learned, a discussion on the documentary genre, crowdfunding, pre-production through post, test screenings, the festival circuit distribution, legal pitfalls, fair use and more. Perfect for documentary filmmaking students and aspiring filmmakers alike, this book emphasizes the skills needed to succeed in a competitive production market. An appendix includes useful web links for further study, a list of films for recommended viewing and sample release forms. This concise guide is ideal for the classroom or as a quick reference out in the field, at a budget meeting or in the editing room.
The Practical Guide to Documentary Editing by
The Practical Guide to Documentary Editing sets out the techniques, the systems and the craft required to edit compelling professional documentary television and film. Working stage by stage through the postproduction process, author Sam Billinge explores project organization, assembling rushes, sequence editing, story structure, music and sound design, and the defining relationship between editor and director. Written by a working documentary editor with over a decade's worth of experience cutting films for major British and international broadcasters, The Practical Guide to Documentary Editing offers a unique introduction to the craft of documentary editing, and provides working and aspiring editors with the tools to master their craft in the innovative and fast-paced world of contemporary nonfiction television and film.
Soundings : documentary film and the listening experience
This book draws on the lived experience of sound's capacity to move and shake us in direct, subtle and profound ways through speech, location sound, and music in documentary film. The associative, connotative and sheer emotive power of sound has the capacity to move and shake us in a myriad of direct, subtle and often profound ways. The implications of this for its role as speech, location sound, and music in documentary film are far-reaching. The writers in this book draw on the lived experience of sound's resounding capacity as primary motivation for exploring these implications, united by the overarching theme of how listening is connected with acts of making sense both on its own terms and in conjunction with viewing. The resulting thirteen essays of Soundings: Documentary Film and the Listening Experience cover films made from WWII to the present day in locations across Europe and the Americas, and in styles ranging from political propaganda, industrial promotion and educative exposition, to more aesthetically-driven films taking their bearings from avant-garde art. The authors draw on their experience in scholarly research, practice-as-research, and in the aesthetic and technical practice of documentary filmmaking. This mix of perspectives aims to widen and deepen the outlook of the recent and growing academic interest in the topic of documentary film sound.
Where Truth Lies by
A free open access ebook is available upon publication. Learn more at www.luminosoa.org. This boldly original book traces the evolution of documentary film and photography as they migrated onto digital platforms during the first decades of the twenty-first century. Kris Fallon examines the emergence of several key media forms--social networking and crowdsourcing, video games and virtual environments, big data and data visualization--and demonstrates the formative influence of political conflict and the documentary film tradition on their evolution and cultural integration. Focusing on particular moments of political rupture, Fallon argues that the ideological rifts of the period inspired the adoption and adaptation of newly available technologies to encourage social mobilization and political action, a function performed for much of the previous century by independent documentary film. Positioning documentary film and digital media side by side in the political sphere, Fallon asserts that "truth" now lies in a new set of media forms and discursive practices that implicitly shape the documentation of everything from widespread cultural spectacles like wars and presidential elections to more invisible or isolated phenomena like the Abu Ghraib torture scandal or the "fake news" debates of 2016.
Aesthetics for Design Majors provide students a more in depth opportunity to engage with the fundamentals of the arts and design traditions across the globe. It correlates design and artistic outputs with the processes, principles, and intentions as an artist, as a person, or as a collective people.
Aesthetics and the Philosophy of Art by
For over fifty years, philosophers working within the broader remit of analytic philosophy have developed and refined a substantial body of work in aesthetics and the philosophy of art, curating a core foundation of scholarship which offers rigor and clarity on matters of profound and perennial interest relating to art and all forms of aesthetic appreciation. Now in its second edition and thoroughly revised, Aesthetics and the Philosophy of Art--The Analytic Tradition: An Anthology captures this legacy in a comprehensive introduction to the core philosophical questions and conversations in aesthetics. Through 57 key essays selected by leading scholars Peter Lamarque and Stein Haugom Olsen, this anthology collects modern classics as well as new contributions on essential topics such as the identification and ontology of art, interpretation, values of art, art and knowledge, and fiction and the imagination. New to this edition are selections which treat aesthetic experience more widely, including essays on the aesthetics of nature and aesthetics in everyday life. Other carefully-chosen pieces analyze the practice and experience of specific art forms in greater detail, including painting, photography, film, literature, music, and popular art such as comics. This bestselling collection is an essential resource for students and scholars of aesthetics, designed to foster a foundational understanding of both long-standing and contemporary topics in the field.
Aesthetics of the Margins / the Margins of Aesthetics by
"Wild Art" refers to work that exists outside the established, rarified world of art galleries and cultural channels. It encompasses uncatalogued, uncommodified art not often recognized as such, from graffiti to performance, self-adornment, and beyond. Picking up from their breakthrough book on the subject, Wild Art, David Carrier and Joachim Pissarro here delve into the ideas driving these forms of art, inquire how it came to be marginalized, and advocate for a definition of "taste," one in which each expression is acknowledged as being different while deserving equal merit. Arguing that both the "art world" and "wild art" have the same capacity to produce aesthetic joy, Carrier and Pissarro contend that watching skateboarders perform Christ Air, for example, produces the same sublime experience in one audience that another enjoys while taking in a ballet; therefore, both mediums deserve careful reconsideration. In making their case, the two provide a history of the institutionalization of "taste" in Western thought, point to missed opportunities for its democratization in the past, and demonstrate how the recognition and acceptance of "wild art" in the present will radically transform our understanding of contemporary visual art in the future. Provocative and optimistic, Aesthetics of the Margins / The Margins of Aesthetics rejects the concept of "kitsch" and the high/low art binary, ultimately challenging the art world to become a larger and more inclusive place.
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality by
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality presents a uniquely philosophical and multi-disciplinary approach to the scholarly study of animation, by using the principles of process philosophy and Deleuzian film aesthetics to discuss animation practices, from early optical devices to contemporary urban design and installations. Some of the original theories presented are a process-philosophy based theory of animation; a cognitive theory of animation; a new theoretical approach to the animated documentary; an original investigative approach to animation; and unique considerations as to the convergence of animation and actuality. Numerous animated examples (from all eras and representing a wide range of techniques and approaches - including television shows and video games) are examined, such as Fantastic Mr. Fox (2009), Madame Tutli-Putli (2007), Gertie the Dinosaur (1914), The Peanuts Movie (2015), Grand Theft Auto V (2013) and Dr. Katz: Professional Therapist (1995-2000). Divided into three sections, each to build logically upon each other, Dan Torre first considers animation in terms of process and process philosophy, which allows the reader to contemplate animation in a number of unique ways. Torre then examines animation in more conceptual terms in comparing it to the processes of human cognition. This is followed by an exploration of some of the ways in which we might interpret or 'read' particular aspects of animation, such as animated performance, stop-motion, anthropomorphism, video games, and various hybrid forms of animation. He finishes by guiding the discussion of animation back to the more tangible and concrete as it considers animation within the context of the actual world. With a genuinely distinctive approach to the study of animation, Torre offers fresh philosophical and practical insights that prompt an engagement with the definitions and dynamics of the form, and its current literature.
David Gill : designing art by
David Gill reveals the famed gallerist's opinions of and influence on the world of art and design. He presents the works of artists, sculptors, and designers he admires, champions, and nurtures, among them Donald Judd, Mattia Bonetti, Zaha Hadid, Grayson Perry, Barnaby Barford, Fredrikson Stallard, Jorge Pardo, and the Campana brothers. Structured chronologically and divided by location, the book includes never-before-seen photographs of Gill's galleries, his award-winning exhibitions, and his own homes: a converted handbag factory south of the River Thames; the 18th-century Albany apartments in London's Mayfair; and a restored palazzo in Malta's Valetta. Seen throughout are the designs of the many world-famous artists he has represented over his 25 years at the forefront of the contemporary art and design world. The book also features a selection of his curated interiors and never-before-published glimpses of the private collections and homes of the numerous internationally renowned collectors with whom Gill regularly collaborates.
The filmmaker's eye : the language of the lens : the power of lenses and the expressive cinematic image by
The Language of the Lens explores the expressive power of the camera lens and the storytelling contributions that this critical tool can make to a film project. This book offers a unique approach to learning how lenses can produce aesthetically and narratively compelling images in movies, through a close examination of the various ways lens techniques control the look of space, movement, focus, flares, distortion, and the "optical personality" of your story's visual landscape. Loaded with vivid examples from commercial, independent, and world cinema, The Language of the Lens presents dozens of insightful case studies examining their conceptual, narrative, and technical approaches to reveal how master filmmakers have harnessed the power of lenses to express the entire range of emotions, themes, tone, atmosphere, subtexts, moods, and abstract concepts. The Language of the Lens provides filmmakers, at any level or experience, with a wealth of knowledge to unleash the full expressive power of any lens at their disposal, whether they are shooting with state-of-the-art cinema lenses or a smartphone, and everything in between.
Sagmeister & Walsh: Beauty by
Acclaimed designers Sagmeister & Walsh explore the essence of beauty and the transformative power of beautiful design In this groundbreaking highly visual book, world-renowned designers Stefan Sagmeister and Jessica Walsh set out on a mission: to find out what beauty is and the many ways that it impacts our lives. They turn to philosophy, history, and science to understand why we are drawn to beauty and how it influences the way we feel and behave. Determined to translate their findings into action, Sagmeister & Walsh show us how beauty can improve the world.
Sight sound motion : applied media aesthetics by
Delivering the most comprehensive coverage available, Herb Zettl�s SIGHT SOUND MOTION: APPLIED MEDIA AESTHETICS, 8e thoroughly describes the major aesthetic image elements -- light and color, space, time-motion, and sound -- as well as presents in-depth coverage on how they are creatively used in television and film. Real-world applications bring the text�s detailed coverage of aesthetic theory to life. It equips you to think critically about media aesthetics and apply them to production situations. Now presented in full color, the Eighth Edition�s engaging presentation is richly illustrated with strong visuals that often draw on traditional art forms, such as painting, sculpture, and dance.
Total Designer by
This book develops an alternative and inclusive approach -- based on the hypothesis that the impact of digitalization on architectural culture is similar to the effects of the linguistic turn in philosophy --- and steers clear of exclusive dichotomous approaches, without the foundational reconsideration of the discipline or its ontological conservation. The Total Designer is a reflection on on the relationship between technology and creation. In a field like architecture, where the temporal dimension is intrinsic to its reason for being, this text adds its contribution to an essay format that is relatively unusual in architectural historiography, but which has had a huge impact on contemporary architecture: how the historical thematization of postindustrial technology has been one of the key issues in capturing a contemporary condition and in the connection between theoretical-critical activity and professional practice. What is unique here is that Ortega's interest is focused on the repercussions of a highly technical instrumental context for architects, beyond the conventional fascination with formal prolificacy or the productive efficiency of digital tools. What's more, its main focus could be defined as an answer to the question of how we should interpret this context in order to help author and time paint together in synchronicity, to help them be more creative and critical, especially in the context of a particular period: in our present, which is already postdigital to some extent.
Aesthetics for Design Majors provide students a more in depth opportunity to engage with the fundamentals of the arts and design traditions across the globe. It correlates design and artistic outputs with the processes, principles, and intentions as an artist, as a person, or as a collective people.
African American Arts by
Signaling such recent activist and aesthetic concepts in the work of Kara Walker, Childish Gambino, BLM, Janelle Monáe, and Kendrick Lamar, and marking the exit of the Obama Administration and the opening of the National Museum of African American History and Culture, this anthology explores the role of African American arts in shaping the future, and further informing new directions we might take in honoring and protecting the success of African Americans in the U.S. The essays in African American Arts: Activism, Aesthetics, and Futurity engage readers in critical conversations by activists, scholars, and artists reflecting on national and transnational legacies of African American activism as an element of artistic practice, particularly as they concern artistic expression and race relations, and the intersections of creative processes with economic, sociological, and psychological inequalities. Scholars from the fields of communication, theater, queer studies, media studies, performance studies, dance, visual arts, and fashion design, to name a few, collectively ask: What are the connections between African American arts, the work of social justice, and creative processes? If we conceive the arts as critical to the legacy of Black activism in the United States, how can we use that construct to inform our understanding of the complicated intersections of African American activism and aesthetics? How might we as scholars and creative thinkers further employ the arts to envision and shape a verdant society? Contributors: Carrie Mae Weems, Carmen Gillespie, Rikki Byrd, Amber Lauren Johnson, Doria E. Charlson, Florencia V. Cornet, Daniel McNeil, Lucy Caplan, Genevieve Hyacinthe, Sammantha McCalla, Nettrice R. Gaskins, Abby Dobson, J. Michael Kinsey, Shondrika Moss-Bouldin, Julie B. Johnson, Sharrell D. Luckett, Jasmine Eileen Coles, Tawnya Pettiford-Wates, Rickerby Hinds. Published by Bucknell University Press. Distributed worldwide by Rutgers University Press.
Art and form : from Roger Fry to global modernism by
"Explores the rise of formalism in the visual arts. Employs an expanded sense of form to rethink a range of areas, including the history of writing about art, constructions of high and low culture, and the idea of global modernism"--Provided by publisher
Frame by frame : a materialist aesthetics of animated cartoons by
At publication date, a free ebook version of this title will be available through Luminos, University of California Press's Open Access publishing program. Visit www.luminosoa.org to learn more. In this beautifully written and deeply researched study, Hannah Frank provides an original way to understand American animated cartoons from the Golden Age of animation (1920-1960). In the pre-digital age of the twentieth century, the making of cartoons was mechanized and standardized: thousands of drawings were inked and painted onto individual transparent celluloid sheets (called "cels") and then photographed in succession, a labor-intensive process that was divided across scores of artists and technicians. In order to see the art, labor, and technology of cel animation, Frank slows cartoons down to look frame by frame, finding hitherto unseen aspects of the animated image. What emerges is both a methodology and a highly original account of an art formed on the assembly line.
Sound and Image : Aesthetics and Practices. by
Sound and Image: Aesthetics and Practices brings together international artist scholars to explore diverse sound and image practices, applying critical perspectives to interrogate and evaluate both the aesthetics and practices that underpin the audiovisual. Contributions draw upon established discourses in electroacoustic music, media art history, film studies, critical theory and dance; framing and critiquing these arguments within the context of diverse audiovisual practices. The volume's interdisciplinary perspective contributes to the rich and evolving dialogue surrounding the audiovisual, demonstrating the value and significance of practice-informed theory, and theory derived from practice. The ideas and approaches explored within this book will find application in a wide range of contexts across the whole scope of audiovisuality, from visual music and experimental film, to narrative film and documentary, to live performance, sound design and into sonic art and electroacoustic music. This book is ideal for artists, composers and researchers investigating theoretical positions and compositional practices which bring together sound and image.
This course facilitates the expression and development of the students’ own unique artistic identity, cinematic voice and point of view through an exploration of personal experience, interests, concerns, values and inherent taste using video/film as a medium.
Andy Warhol's the Chelsea Girls by
Andy Warhol's The Chelsea Girls had its premiere at the Film-Maker's Cinémathèque on 15 September 1966. It sold out a 200-seat theatre and went on to become the first film to move from the underground to commercial cinema. Since 1972, when Warhol pulled all of his films out of distribution, the public has had extremely limited access to The Chelsea Girls , outside of museum screenings. In honour of the 20th Anniversary of The Andy Warhol Museum and what would have been Warhol's 85th birthday, hundreds of Warhol's films - some never seen before - have been converted to a digital format with the partnership of The Andy Warhol Museum, The Museum of Modern Art, New York, and the Moving Picture Company (MPC), a Technicolor Company. This book is an in-depth look at Warhol's most famous film. It includes all newly digitized film stills, never-before-published transcripts, unpublished archival materials, and expanded information about each of the individual films that comprise the three- plus hour film. As the film alternates sound between the left and right screens, the book reproduces the transcript in complete form as one hears it, with imagery from the corresponding reels. There is also a full transcription of the unheard reels in the back of the book. This is a substantial contribution to the scholarship on Warhol's complex and most commercial film.
Movement As Meaning in Experimental Cinema by
Movement as Meaning in Experimental Cinema offers sweeping and cogent arguments as to why analytic philosophers should take experimental cinema seriously as a medium for illuminating mechanisms of meaning in language. Using the analogy of the movie projector, Barnett deconstructs all communication acts into functions of interval, repetition and context. He describes how Wittgenstein's concepts of family resemblance and language games provide a dynamic perspective on the analysis of acts of reference. He then develops a hyper-simplified formula of movement as meaning to discuss, with true equivalence, the process of reference as it occurs in natural language, technical language, poetic language, painting, photography, music, and of course, cinema. Barnett then applies his analytic technique to an original perspective on cine-poetics based on Paul Valery's concept of omnivalence, and to a projection of how this style of analysis, derived from analog cinema, can help us clarify our view of the digital mediasphere and its relation to consciousness. Informed by the philosophy of Quine, Dennett, Merleau-Ponty as well as the later work of Wittgenstein, among others, he uses the film work of Stan Brakhage, Tony Conrad, A.K. Dewdney, Nathaniel Dorsky, Ken Jacobs, Owen Land, Saul Levine, Gregory Markopoulos Michael Snow, and the poetry of Basho, John Cage, John Cayley and Paul Valery to illustrate the power of his unique perspective on meaning.
The Music and Sound of Experimental Film by
This book explores music/sound-image relationships in non-mainstream screen repertoire from the earliest examples of experimental audiovisuality to the most recent forms of expanded and digital technology. It challenges presumptions of visual primacy in experimental cinema and rethinks screen music discourse in light of the aesthetics of non-commercial imperatives. Several themes run through the book, connecting with and significantly enlarging upon current critical discourse surrounding realism and audibility in the fiction film, the role of music in mainstream cinema, and the audiovisual strategies of experimental film. The contributors investigate repertoires and artists from Europe and the USA through the critical lenses of synchronicity and animated sound, interrelations of experimentation in image and sound, audiovisual synchresis and dissonance, experimental soundscape traditions, found-footage film, re-mediation of pre-existent music and sound, popular and queer sound cultures, and a diversity of radical technological, aesthetic, tropes in film media traversing the work of early pioneers such as Walther Ruttmann and Len Lye, through the mid-century innovations of Norman McLaren, Stan Brakhage, Lis Rhodes, Kenneth Anger, Andy Warhol, and studio collectives in Poland, to latter-day experimentalists John Smith and Bill Morrison, as well as the contemporary practices of Vjing.
This course facilitates the expression and development of the students’ own unique artistic identity, cinematic voice and point of view through an exploration of personal experience, interests, concerns, values and inherent taste using video/film as a medium.
Lessons in perception : the Avant-Garde filmmaker as practical psychologist by
Narrative comprehension, memory, motion, depth perception, synesthesia, hallucination and dreaming have long been objects of fascination for cognitive psychologists. They have also been among the most potent sources of creative inspiration for experimental filmmakers. Lessons in Perception melds film theory and cognitive science in a stimulating investigation of the work of iconic experimental artists such as Stan Brakhage, Robert Breer, Maya Deren, and Jordan Belson. In illustrating how avant-garde filmmakers draw from their own mental and perceptual capacities, author Paul Taberham offers a compelling for how their works expand the range of aesthetic sensitivity and open creative vistas uncharted by commercial cinema.
Postcolonial Hangups in Southeast Asian Cinema by
Postcolonial Hangups in Southeast Asian Cinema: Poetics of Space, Sound, and Stability explores a geopolitically situated set of cultures negotiating unique relationships to colonial history. Singaporean, Malaysian, and Indonesian identities are discussed through a variety of commercial films, art cinema, and experimental work. The book discovers instances of postcoloniality that manifest stylistically through Singapore's preoccupations with space, the importance of sound to Malay culture, and the Indonesian investment in genre.
Screen space reconfigured by
Screen Space Reconfigured' is the first edited volume that critically and theoretically examines the many novel renderings of space brought to us by 21st century screens. Exploring key cases such as post-perspectival space, 3D, vertical framing, haptics, and layering, this volume takes stock of emerging forms of screen space and spatialities as they move from the margins to the centre of contemporary media practice. Recent years have seen a marked scholarly interest in spatial dimensions and conceptions of moving image culture, with some theorists claiming that a 'spatial turn' has taken place in media studies and screen practices alike. Yet this is the first book-length study dedicated to on-screen spatiality as such. Spanning mainstream cinema, experimental film, video art, mobile screens, and stadium entertainment, the volume includes contributions from such acclaimed authors as Giuliana Bruno and Tom Gunning as well as a younger generation of scholars.
Sound and Image : Aesthetics and Practices by
Sound and Image: Aesthetics and Practices brings together international artist scholars to explore diverse sound and image practices, applying critical perspectives to interrogate and evaluate both the aesthetics and practices that underpin the audiovisual. Contributions draw upon established discourses in electroacoustic music, media art history, film studies, critical theory and dance; framing and critiquing these arguments within the context of diverse audiovisual practices. The volume's interdisciplinary perspective contributes to the rich and evolving dialogue surrounding the audiovisual, demonstrating the value and significance of practice-informed theory, and theory derived from practice. The ideas and approaches explored within this book will find application in a wide range of contexts across the whole scope of audiovisuality, from visual music and experimental film, to narrative film and documentary, to live performance, sound design and into sonic art and electroacoustic music. This book is ideal for artists, composers and researchers investigating theoretical positions and compositional practices which bring together sound and image.
Unbecoming cinema : unsettling encounters with ethical event films by
Unbecoming Cinema explores the notion of cinema as a living, active agent, capable of unsettling and reconfiguring a person's thoughts, senses, and ethics. Film, according to David H. Fleming, is a dynamic force, arming audiences with the ability to see and make a difference in the world. Drawing heavily on Deleuze's philosophical insights, as well as those of Guattari and Badiou, the book critically examines unsettling and taboo footage from suicide documentaries to art therapy films, from portrayals of mental health and autism to torture porn. In investigating the effect of film on the mind and body, Fleming's shrewd analysis unites transgressive cinema with metaphysical concepts of the body and mind.
Video/Film Production for the Small Screen
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that introduces and exposes students to the production of made-for-TV-movies and similar small screen productions.
Directing for the Screen by
Directing for the Screen is a collection of essays and interviews exploring the business of directing. This highly accessible guide to working in film and television includes perspectives from industry insiders on topics such as breaking in; developing and nurturing business relationships; the director's responsibilities on set and in the field; and more. Directing for the Screen is an ideal companion to filmmaking classes, demystifying the industry and the role of the director with real-world narratives and little-known truths about the business. With insight from working professionals, you'll be armed with the information you need to pursue your career as a director. Contains essays by and interviews with television directors, feature directors, documentary filmmakers, commercial directors, producers, and professors. Offers expert opinions on how to get started, including landing and succeeding in an internship and getting your first gig. Reveals details about working with actors, overseeing the work of often hundreds of crewmembers, writing last-minute on set, and developing a working relationship with producers and screenwriters. Explores strategies for doing creative work under pressure, finding your directorial voice, financing shorts and independent films, breaking down barriers and overcoming discrimination, shooting in less-than-ideal situations, and recovering from bad reviews or box office results. Illuminates the business of directing in the United States (New York and Los Angeles) as compared to other countries around the globe, including England, Ireland, Spain, Australia, Denmark, Pakistan, Belgium, and Canada.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Visual Character Development in Film and Television by
This book takes a unique look at visual character development in motion pictures and television by using famous works of art combined with modern works of film and television to demonstrate how to weave a visual tale. In a single shot or scene, what should we reveal about a character? What should we conceal? How can we show a character's progression over time?InVisual Character Development in Film and Television,authors Michael Hanly and Elisabeth Rowney explain how to create compelling visual characters for the screen by analyzing fine art aesthetics and combining them with modern cinematic techniques. Full-color chapters cover character-driven approaches to costume design and makeup application, production design, cinematography and lighting, plot development, editing considerations, and more. By exploring how surroundings, habits, lifestyles - even the color of a sweater - can tell us more about a character on the screen than what can be said in dialogue alone, this book will prove a valuable resource for anyone wanting to take their filmmaking to the next level.
Video/Film Production for the Small Screen
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that introduces and exposes students to the production of made-for-TV-movies and similar small screen productions.
Development of the global film industry : industrial competition and cooperation in the context of globalization by
The global film industry has witnessed significant transformations in the past few years. Regions outside the USA have begun to prosper while non-traditional production companies such as Netflix have assumed a larger market share and online movies adapted from literature have continued to gain in popularity. How have these trends shaped the global film industry? This book answers this question by analyzing an increasingly globalized business through a global lens. Development of the Global Film Industry examines the recent history and current state of the business in all parts of the world. While many existing studies focus on the internal workings of the industry, such as production, distribution and screening, this study takes a "big picture" view, encompassing the transnational integration of the cultural and entertainment industry as a whole, and pays more attention to the coordinated development of the film industry in the light of influence from literature, television, animation, games and other sectors. This volume is a critical reference for students, scholars and the public to help them understand the major trends facing the global film industry in today's world.
New Zealand Film and Television by
This title is authored by well known researchers and authors in the field. Notwithstanding the challenges of a limited population size and the struggle to fund such costly forms of screen production as high-end film and television, both of these New Zealand screen industries have been the site of significant expectation, achievement, and cultural influence. Whilst there is a growing body of academic work on New Zealand film and television, relatively little exists on industries, institutions and policy, which this book will address. Written by renowned experts in the field, Trisha Dunelavy and.
Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and Video by
This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling, and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators--one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music, and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio--this book teaches nonfiction producers, filmmakers, and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors' own experiences, interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style, the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such, it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers, directors, and producers, or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises, production sound layout diagrams, templates, and other resources.
Stephen King on the Small Screen by
In this follow up to Stephen King on the Big Screen (2009) Mark Browning turns his critical eye upon the much-neglected subject of the best-selling authorOCOs work in television, examining what it is about KingOCOs fiction that makes it particularly suitable for the small screen.By focusing on this body of work, from ratings successes The Stand and The Night Flier to lesser- known TV films Storm of the Century (1999), Rose Red (2002), Kingdom Hospital (2003) and the 2004 remake of SalemOCOs Lot, Browning is able to articulate how these adaptations work and, in turn, suggest new ways of viewing them. The book is the first written by a film specialist to consider KingOCOs television work in its own right, and rejects previous attempts to make the films and books fit rigid thematic categories. Browning examines what makes a written or visual text successful at evoking fear on a case-by-case basis, in a highly readable and engaging way. He also considers the relationship between the big and small screen. Why, for instance, are some TV versions more effective than movie adaptations and vice versa? In the process, Stephen King on the Big Screen is able to shed new light on what it is that makes KingOCOs novels so successful and reveal the elements of style and approach that have helped make King one of the worldOCOs best-selling authors."
Telecinematic Discourse by
This cutting-edge collection of articles provides the first organised reflection on the language of films and television series across British, American and Italian cultures. The volume suggests new directions for research and applications, and offers a variety of methodologies and perspectives on the complexities of "telecinematic" discourse - a hitherto virtually unexplored area of investigation in linguistics. The papers share a common vision of the big and small screen: the belief that the discourses of film and television offer a re-presentation of our world. As such, telecinematic texts reorganise and recreate language (together with time and space) in their own way and with respect to specific socio-cultural conventions and media logic. The volume provides a multifaceted, yet coherent insight into the diegetic - as it revolves around narrative - as opposed to mimetic - as referring to other non-narrative and non-fictional genres - discourses of fictional media. The collection will be of interest to researchers, tutors and students in pragmatics, stylistics, discourse analysis, corpus linguistics, communication studies and related fields.
Production design for cinema covering film design principles and practices including script breakdown, location hunting and design exercises by genre.
Art direction and production design by
Art directors and production designers are the cinema's 'architects of illusion'. Their overall purpose is to produce the overall pictorial vision for a film and their skills encompass set design, storyboarding, painting, decoration, construction, budgeting, colour and special effects. This book examines the crafts of art direction and production design. It traces their contribution from Thomas Edison's primitive studio, the Black Maria, to the growth of the Hollywood 'studio system', to the effect of sound and colour, and on to the computer-generated imagery of contemporary Hollywood. It does so with reference to many major productions, including Gone with the Wind, McCabe and Mrs Miller and Batman, demonstrating the real significance of the contribution of the art director and production designer to filmmaking and its history.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
Production Design for Screen by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story. Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis- space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design. Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
The prop building guidebook : for theatre, film, and tv by
Theatre and film frequently require replicas of three-dimensional objects built for actors to use. This book lays the groundwork for an artisan to determine what materials and techniques to use to build these props. Walking the reader through the various tools and techniques used in historical and contemporary prop-making, the author presents a process for deciding the materials and methods to build any prop. With an explanation of how the craft and its products have developed over time, the budding artisan will understand not just how and when to use certain techniques or materials, but also why to use them and what advantages they give. It arms the prop maker with a structured procedure for approaching the construction of any prop. Illustrated with step-by-step examples of how to use each construction method, and explanations of different types of materials, this book gives the beginner prop artisan a strong foundation to approach the construction of props and answers the question, "How should I begin?" The author is hosting an online component to the book along with his successful blog. It will feature additional resources for the prop maker, including books, shops, contact information, and how-to videos.
The Short! Guide to Producing by
In this book, Charles Merzbacher offers a concise, definitive guide to the essential skills, techniques and logistics of producing short films, focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios, veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process, from fundraising, preproduction and planning to the producer¿s role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website¿available at theshortseries.com¿offers document templates for contracts, call sheets, budgets and other production forms, as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals.
Start to finish : Woody Allen and the art of moviemaking by
Eric Lax has been with Woody Allen almost every step of the way. He chronicled Allen's transformation from stand-up comedian to filmmaker in On Being Funny (1975). His international best seller, Woody Allen- A Biography (1991), was a portrait of a director hitting his stride. Conversations with Woody Allen comprised interviews that illustrated Allen's evolution from 1971 to 2008. Now, Lax invites us onto the set--and even further behind the scenes--of Allen's Irrational Man, which was released in 2015, and starred Joaquin Phoenix and Emma Stone. Revealing the intimate details of Allen's filmmaking process, Lax shows us the screenplay being shaped, the scenes being prepared, the actors, cinematographers, other crew members, the editors, all engaged in their work. We hear Allen's colleagues speak candidly about working with him, and Allen speaking with equal openness about his lifetime's work. An unprecedented revelation of one of the foremost filmmakers of our time, Start to Finish is sure to delight not only movie buffs and Allen fans, but everyone who has marveled at the seeming magic of the artistic process.
Talking Pictures by
A veteran film critic offers a lively, opinionated guide to thinking and talking about movies -- from Casablanca to Clueless Whether we are trying to impress a date after an art house film screening or discussing Oscar nominations among friends, we all need ways to look at and talk about movies. But with so much variety between an Alfred Hitchcock thriller and a Nora Ephron romantic comedy, how can everyday viewers determine what makes a good movie? In Talking Pictures, veteran film critic Ann Hornaday walks us through the production of a typical movie -- from script and casting to final sound edit -- and explains how to evaluate each piece of the process. How do we know if a film has been well-written, above and beyond snappy dialogue? What constitutes a great screen performance? What goes into praiseworthy cinematography, editing, and sound design? And what does a director really do? In a new epilogue, Hornaday addresses important questions of representation in film and the industry and how this can, and should, effect a movie-watching experience. Full of engaging anecdotes and interviews with actors and filmmakers, Talking Pictures will help us see movies in a whole new light-not just as fans, but as film critics in our own right.
Understanding Design in Film Production by
Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget, but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning.In Understanding Design in Film Production, author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design, cinematography, lighting, and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story, even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers, set decorators, construction coordinators, cinematographers, costumers, and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft, it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does, how they think and plan, and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find, secure, and manage the best locations, how to create and dress a set, and how to make old look new and new look old--all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films. ts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.
Production design for cinema covering film design principles and practices including script breakdown, location hunting and design exercises by genre.
Post-cinema : Cinema in the Post-art Era by
Post-cinema designates a new way of making films. It is time to ask whether this novelty is complete or relative and to evaluate to what extent this novation represents a unitary current or multiple ways. The book proposes to integrate the post-cinema question within the post-art question in order to study the new way of making filmic images in new conditions more or less remote from the dispositif of the theater and in closer relationship with contemporary art. The issue will be considered at three levels: the impression of post-art on "regular" films ; the "relocation" (Cassetti) of the same films that can be seen using devices of all kinds, in conditions more or less remote from the dispositif of the theater ; parallel to the integration of contemporary art in "regular" cinema, the integration of cinema into contemporary art in all kinds of forms of creation and exhibition.
The SHORT! Guide to Producing by
In this book, Charles Merzbacher offers a concise, definitive guide to the essential skills, techniques and logistics of producing short films, focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios, veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process, from fundraising, preproduction and planning to the producer's role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website--available at theshortseries.com--offers document templates for contracts, call sheets, budgets and other production forms, as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals.
Storyboarding : Turning Script into Motion by
This revised text is designed to demonstrate the process of converting static images to an effective animation of characters and effects. Unlike many of its competitors, Storyboardinguses the accompanying DVD to show the storyboards in conjunction with a final short film and script. Material on game scripting, Motion Graphics, and Web comics has been added. The text and tutorial disc take an in-depth view on the step-by-step process for developing characters, scenes, and camera angles through the full production of a finished project. The book includes numerous techniques for analyzing scripts, provides a comprehensive look at the various types of storyboards, and covers methods used in both film-making and video game storyboards. Features: * Uses the companion DVD with an original short film, Overtime, to demonstrate the storyboards in conjunction with the script * Includes video game, motion graphic, animatic, motion comic, and e-learning storyboards with selected sample projects * Loaded with projects, figures, tips, and interviews that offer practical advice * Includes in-text commentaries on the storyboards by both the director and artist * Includes a comprehensive glossary of key terms used in the film industry
This course surveys the historical study of FILM as a commercial product and a cultural form – from the early years surrounding the technological advent of moving images (silent era) to the addition of synchronous sound. Discussions on aesthetic movements and traditions of the period as they pertain to social and cultural context of cinema.
Opportunity to explore films from other regions like Asia, Africa, South America or the Middle East will also serve as a focus of this course.
Chinese and Japanese Films on the Second World War by
This book examines representations of the Second World War in postwar Chinese and Japanese cinema. Drawing on a wide range of scholarly disciplines, and analysing a wide range of films, it demonstrates the potential of war movies for understanding contemporary China and Japan. It shows how the war is remembered in both countries, including the demonisation of Japanese soldiers in postwar socialist-era Chinese movies, and the pervasive sense of victimhood in Japanese memories of the war. However, it also shows how some Chinese directors were experimenting with alternatives interpretations of the war from as early as the 1950s, and how, despite the "resurgence of nationalism" in japan since the 1980s, the production of Japanese movies critical of the war has continued.
Cinema Studies by
Cinema Studies: The Key Concepts is essential reading for anyone interested in film. Providing accessible coverage of a comprehensive range of genres, movements, theories and production terms, this is a must-have guide to a fascinating area of study and arguably the greatest art form of modern times. Now fully revised and updated for its fifth edition, the book includes entries on topics such as: Acting Audience CGI Convergence Cult cinema Digitisation and globalization Distribution Experimental film Transnational cinema World cinemas
Cosmopolitan Cinema by
This book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. It is funded by the University of Manchester.Films are produced, reviewed and watched worldwide, often circulating between cultural contexts. The book explores cosmopolitanism and its debates through the lens of East Asian cinemas from Hong Kong, China, Malaysia and Singapore, throwing doubt on the validity of national cinemas or definitive cultural boundaries. Case studies illuminate the ambiguously gendered star persona of Taiwanese-Hong Kong actress Brigitte Lin, the fictional realism of director Jia Zhangke, the arcane process of selection for the Best Foreign Film Oscar and the intimate connection between cinema and identity in Hirokazu Koreeda s Afterlife (1998). Considering films, their audiences and tastemaking institutions, the book argues that cosmopolitan cinema does not smooth over difference, but rather puts it on display."
Family Films in Global Cinema by
With the huge global success of Hollywood 'family film' franchises, such as Harry Potter, it is unsurprising that there have been many attempts to emulate this success. In recent years, there has been an explosion in international production of films for both adults and children - resulting in an erosion of the dominance of The Disney Company and the other major Hollywood Studios in family film production. "Family Films in Global Cinema" is the first serious examination of films for child and family audiences in a global context. Whereas most previous studies of children's films and family films have concerned themselves with Disney, this book encompasses both live-action and animated films from the Hollywood, British, Australian, East German, Russian, Indian, Japanese and Brazilian cinemas. As well as examining international family films previously ignored by scholars, the collection also presents a fresh perspective on familiar movies such as "The Railway Children," "The Nightmare Before Christmas," "Babe," and the "Harry Potter" series.
Films That Sell by
While moving image advertising has been around us, everywhere, for at least a century, the topic has tended to be overlooked by cinema studies. This far-reaching new collection makes an incisive contribution to a new field of study, by exploring the history, theory and practice of moving image advertising, and emphasising the dynamic and lasting relationships between print, film, broadcasting and advertising cultures.In chapters written by an international ensemble of leading scholars and archivists, the book covers a variety of materials from pre-show advertising films to lantern slides and sponsored 'educations'. With case studies of advertising campaigns and archival collections from a range of different countries, and giving consideration to the problems that advertising materials pose for preservation and presentation, this rich and expansive text testifies to the need for a new approach to this burgeoning subject that looks beyond the mere study of promotional film.
Introducing Japanese Popular Culture by
Specifically designed for use on a range of undergraduate and graduate courses, Introducing Japanese Popular Culture is a comprehensive textbook offering an up-to-date overview of a wide variety of media forms. It uses particular case studies as a way into examining the broader themes in Japanese culture and provides a thorough analysis of the historical and contemporary trends that have shaped artistic production, as well as, politics, society, and economics. As a result, more than being a time capsule of influential trends, this book teaches enduring lessons about how popular culture reflects the societies that produce and consume it. With contributions from an international team of scholars, representing a range of disciplines from history and anthropology to art history and media studies, the book's sections include: Television Videogames Music Popular Cinema Anime Manga Popular Literature Fashion Contemporary Art Written in an accessible style by a stellar line-up of international contributors, this textbook will be essential reading for students of Japanese culture and society, Asian media and popular culture, and Asian Studies in general.
New Silent Cinema by
With the success of Martin Scorsese's Hugo (2011) and Michel Hazanavicius's The Artist (2011) nothing seems more contemporary in recent film than the styles, forms, and histories of early and silent cinemas. This collection considers the latest return to silent film alongside the larger historical field of visual repetitions and affective currents that wind their way through 20th and 21st century visual cultures. Contributors bring together several fields of research, including early and silent cinema studies, experimental and new media, historiography and archive theory, and studies of media ontology and epistemology. Chapters link the methods, concerns, and concepts of early and silent film studies as they have flourished over the last quarter century to the most recent developments in digital culture--from YouTube to 3D--recasting this contemporary phenomenon in popular culture and new media against key debates and concepts in silent film scholarship. An interview with acclaimed Canadian filmmaker Guy Maddin closes out the collection.
The Routledge Encyclopedia of Films by
The Routledge Encyclopedia of Films comprises 200 essays by leading film scholars analysing the most important, influential, innovative and interesting films of all time. Arranged alphabetically, each entry explores why each film is significant for those who study film and explores the social, historical and political contexts in which the film was produced. Ranging from Hollywood classics to international bestsellers to lesser-known representations of national cinema, this collection is deliberately broad in scope crossing decades, boundaries and genres. The encyclopedia thus provides an introduction to the historical range and scope of cinema produced throughout the world.
Screen Culture by
In this expansive historical synthesis, Richard Butsch integrates social, economic, and political history to offer a comprehensive and cohesive examination of screen media and screen culture globally - from film and television to computers and smart phones - as they have evolved through the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Drawing on an enormous trove of research on the USA, Britain, France, Egypt, West Africa, India, China, and other nations, Butsch tells the stories of how media have developed in these nations and what global forces linked them. He assesses the global ebb and flow of media hegemony and the cultural differences in audiences' use of media. Comparisons across time and space reveal two linked developments: the rise and fall of American cultural hegemony, and the consistency among audiences from different countries in the way they incorporate screen entertainments into their own cultures. Screen Culture offers a masterful, integrated global history that invites media scholars to see this landscape in a new light. Deeply engaging, the book is also suitable for students and interested general readers.
The Technique of Film and Video Editing by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
World Cinema Through Global Genres by
World Cinema through Global Genres introduces the complex forces of global filmmaking using the popular concept of film genre. The cluster-based organization allows students to acquire a clear understanding of core issues that apply to all films around the world. Innovative pedagogical approach that uses genres to teach the more unfamiliar subject of world cinema A cluster-based organization provides a solid framework for students to acquire a sharper understanding of core issues that apply to all films around the world A "deep focus" section in each chapter gives students information and insights about important regions of filmmaking (India, China, Japan, and Latin America) that tend to be underrepresented in world cinema classes Case studies allow students to focus on important and accessible individual films that exemplify significant traditions and trends A strong foundation chapter reviews key concepts and vocabulary for understanding film as an art form, a technology, a business, an index of culture, a social barometer, and a political force. The engaging style and organization of the book make it a compelling text for both world cinema and film genre courses
This course surveys the historical study of FILM as a commercial product and a cultural form – from the early years surrounding the technological advent of moving images (silent era) to the addition of synchronous sound. Discussions on aesthetic movements and traditions of the period as they pertain to social and cultural context of cinema.
Opportunity to explore films from other regions like Asia, Africa, South America or the Middle East will also serve as a focus of this course.
Cosmopolitan Cinema by
This book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. It is funded by the University of Manchester.Films are produced, reviewed and watched worldwide, often circulating between cultural contexts. The book explores cosmopolitanism and its debates through the lens of East Asian cinemas from Hong Kong, China, Malaysia and Singapore, throwing doubt on the validity of national cinemas or definitive cultural boundaries. Case studies illuminate the ambiguously gendered star persona of Taiwanese-Hong Kong actress Brigitte Lin, the fictional realism of director Jia Zhangke, the arcane process of selection for the Best Foreign Film Oscar and the intimate connection between cinema and identity in Hirokazu Koreeda s Afterlife (1998). Considering films, their audiences and tastemaking institutions, the book argues that cosmopolitan cinema does not smooth over difference, but rather puts it on display."
Film Serials and the American Cinema, 1910-1940 by
Before the advent of television, cinema offered serialized films as a source of weekly entertainment. This book traces the history from the days of silent screen heroines to the sound era's daring adventure serials, unearthing a thriving film culture beyond the self-contained feature. Through extensive archival research, Ilka Brasch details the aesthetic appeals of film serials within their context of marketing and exhibition, looking at how they adapted the pleasures of a flourishing crime fiction culture to both serial visual culture and the affordances of the media-modernity of the early 20th century. The study furthermore traces the relationship of film serials to the broadcast models of radio and television and thereby shows how film serials introduced modes of storytelling that informedpopular culture even beyond the serial's demise.
Roots of the New Arab Film by
Roots of the New Arab Film deals with the generation of filmmakers from across North Africa and the Middle East who created an international awareness of Arab film from the mid-1980s onwards. These seminal filmmakers experienced the moment of national independence first-hand in their youth and retained a deep attachment to their homeland. Although these aspiring filmmakers had to seek their training abroad, they witnessed a time of filmic revival in Europe - Fellini and Antonioni in Italy, the French New Wave, and British Free Cinema. Returning home, these filmmakers brought a unique insider/outsider perspective to bear on local developments in society since independence, including the divide between urban and rural communities, the continuing power of traditional values and the status of women in a changing society. As they made their first films back home, the feelings of participation in a worldwide movement of new, independent filmmaking was palpable. Roots of the New Arab Film is a necessary and comprehensive resource for anyone interested in the foundations of Arab cinema.
A study of FILM as an art form, with an emphasis on how watching films are influenced by the particular ways in which films are made, the characteristics of the medium, and the style and structure of particular films. It provides some familiarity with the artistic, economic, technological and social factors that placed forth an influence on the development of the medium and the industry to its present influential role in cultures today.
Basic Cinematography by
The cinematographer must translate the ideas and emotions contained in a script into something that can be physically seen and felt onscreen, helping the director to fulfil the vision of the film. The shots may look good, but they will not serve the story until the composition, lenses, and lighting express, enhance, and reveal the underlying emotions and subtext of the story. By making physical the ideas and emotions of the story, the cinematographer supports blocking as a visual form of the story through these tools. Rather than delve into technical training, Basic Cinematography helps to train the eye and heart of cinematographers as visual storytellers, providing them with a strong foundation for their work, so that they're ready with creative ideas and choices on set in order to make compelling images that support the story. The book includes tools, tables, and worksheets on how to enhance students and experienced filmmakers with strong visual storytelling possibilities, including such features as: Dramatic script analysis that will help unlock blocking, composition, and lighting ideas that reveal the visual story Ten tools of composition Psychological impact of lenses, shot sizes, and camera movement Six elements of lighting for visual storytelling What to look for beneath the "hood" of cameras, including using camera log, RAW, and LUTs Dramatic analysis chart and scene composition chart to help plan your shoots Case studies from such visually cinematic shows and documentaries as Netflix's Godless, Jessica Jones, The Crown, and Chef's Table, as well as examples from classroom exercises Features insights from the DP of Jessica Jones, Manuel Billeter, and the DP of Chef's Table, Adam Bricker.
Digital Media by
Digital Media: Human-Technology Connection examines what it is like to be alive in today s technologically textured world and showcases specific digital media technologies that makes this kind of world possible. So much of human experience occurs through digital media that it is time to pause and consider the process and proliferation of digital consumption and humanity s role in it through an interdisciplinary array of sources from philosophy, media studies, film studies, media ecology and philosophy of technology. When placed in the interpretive lens of artifact, instrument, and tool, digital media can be studied in a uniquely different way, as a kind of technology that pushes the boundaries on production, distribution and communication and alters the way humans and technology connect with each other and the world. The book is divided into two sections to provide overarching definitions and case study specifics. Section one, Raw Materials, examines pertinent concepts like digital media, philosophy of technology, phenomenology and postphenomenology by author Stacey O Irwin. In Section Two, Feeling the Weave, Irwin uses conversations with digital media users and other written materials along with the postphenomenological framework to explore nine empirical cases that focus on deep analysis of screens, sound, photo manipulation, data-mining, aggregate news and self-tracking. Postphenomenological concepts like multistability, variational theory, microperception, macroperception, embodiment, technological mediation, and culture figure prominently in the investigation. The aim of the book is to recognize that digital media technologies and the content it creates and proliferates are not neutral. They texture the world in multiple and varied ways that transform human abilities, augment experience and pattern the world in significant and comprehensive ways."
Disney Theatrical Productions by
Disney Theatrical Productions: Producing Broadway Musicals the Disney Wayis the first work of scholarship to comprehensively examine the history and production practices of Disney Theatrical Productions (DTP), the theatrical producing arm of the studio branch of the Walt Disney Corporation. This book uncovers how DTP has forged a new model for producing large-scale musicals on Broadway by functioning as an independent theatrical producer under the umbrella of a large entertainment corporation. Case studies of three productions (The Lion King, Tarzan, andNewsies) demonstrate the flexibility and ingenuity of DTP, and showcase the various production models that the company has employed over the years. Exploring topics such as the history of DTP, its impact on the revitalization of Times Square, and its ability to open up a new audience base for Broadway theatre, this volume examines the impact that DTP has had on Times Square and American musicals, both domestically and internationally, and how its accomplishments have helped reshape the Broadway landscape. This book is relevent to students in Musical Theatre, History of Musical Theatre, Theatre History, and Arts Management courses, along with general Disney enthusiasts.
DSLR Cinematography by
The DSLR cinema revolution began over ten years ago. Professional filmmakers, students, video journalists, event video shooters, production houses, and others jumped at the opportunity to shoot cinematic images on these low budget cameras. The first edition of the book mapped the way focusing exclusively on DSLRs. This new edition shows how you can create stunning cinematic images using low budget cinema cameras, from iPhones to the C200. The author examines new cameras and new projects as filmmakers shoot action movies with the Panasonic GH5, craft personal stories with Blackmagic¿s Pocket Cinema Camera, make documentaries and short films with the Canon C100 Mark II, and create music videos with the 5D Mark IV. This book, like the previous edition, takes the wisdom of some of the best shooters and empowers you to create visually stunning images with low budget cinema cameras. It includes six all new case studies, as well as updated examples from short films and documentaries. This book contains the essential tools to make you a better visual storyteller. FEATURES An examination of the creative and technical choices filmmakers face¿everything from why we move cameras to shooting flat in order to widen the dynamic range of cameras Case studies from documentary filmmakers, news shooters, fiction makers, a visual anthropologist, and recent film school graduates An updated list of gear for low-budget filmmakers, including a section on what to look for in the gear you need to shoot and edit your projects
Film, Form, and Culture by
Film, Form, and Culture (4th edition) offers a lively introduction to both the formal and cultural aspects of film. With extensive analysis of films past and present, this textbook explores film from part to whole; from the smallest unit of the shot to the way shots are edited together to create narrative. It then examines those narratives (both fiction and non-fiction) as stories and genres that speak to the culture of their time and our perceptions of them today. Composition, editing, genres (such as the gangster film, the Western, science fiction, and melodrama) are analyzed alongside numerous images to illustrate the discussion. Chapters on the individuals who make films - the production designer, cinematographer, editor, composer, producer, director, and actor - illustrate the collaborative nature of filmmaking. This new edition includes: An expanded discussion of the digital 'revolution" in filmmaking: exploring the movement from celluloid to digital recording and editing of images, as well as the use of CGI A new chapter on international cinema that covers filmmaking from Italy to Mumbai offering students a broader understanding of cinema on a worldwide scale A new chapter on film acting that uses images to create a small catalogue of gestures and expressions that are recognizable in film after film Expanded content coverage and in-depth analysis throughout, including a visual analysis of a scene from Christopher Nolan's The Dark Knight An expanded chapter on the cultural contexts of film summarizes the theories of cultural and media studies, concluding with a comparative analysis of Alfred Hitchcock's Vertigo and Judd Apatow's This is 40 Over 260 images, many in color, that create a visual index to and illustration of the discussion of films and filmmaking Each chapter ends with updated suggestions for further reading and viewing, and there is an expanded glossary of terms. Additional resources for students and teachers can also be found on the companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/kolker), which includes additional case studies, discussion questions and links to useful websites. This textbook is an invaluable and exciting resource for students beginning film studies at undergraduate level.
Film Festivals by
The last decade has witnessed an explosion of interest in film festivals, with the field growing to a position of prominence within the space of a few short years. Film Festivals: History, Theory, Method, Practice represents a major addition to the literature on this topic, offering an authoritative and comprehensive introduction to the area. With a combination of chapters specifically examining history, theory, method and practice, it offers a clear structure and systematic approach for the study of film festivals. Offering a collection of essays written by an international range of established scholars, it discusses well-known film festivals in Europe, North America and Asia, but equally devotes attention to the diverse range of smaller and/or specialized events that take place around the globe. It provides essential knowledge on the origin and development of film festivals, discusses the use of theory to study festivals, explores the methods of ethnographic and archival research, and looks closely at the professional practice of programming and film funding. Each section, moreover, is introduced by the editors, and all chapters include useful suggestions for further reading. This will be an essential textbook for students studying film festivals as part of their film, media and cultural studies courses, as well as a strong research tool for scholars that wish to familiarize themselves with this burgeoning field.
The Fundamentals of Animation by
Packed with examples from classic and contemporary films, The Fundamentals of Animation presents each stage of the animation production process in an engaging visual style, whilst providing an historical and critical context for four core disciplines: drawn/cel; 2D/3D stop-motion; computer generated; and experimental animation. With insightful commentary from leading animators, Wells and Moore also introduce you to the many different career paths open to aspiring animators, from storyboard artist or character designer to VFX artist or writer and director. They also provide you with key tips on producing engaging portfolios and show reels. - Illustrated with over 300 images, including preliminary sketches, frame-by-frame analyses and shots of animators at work. - Now explores the animated documentary genre and the role of visual effects and gaming in contemporary animation. - Features more than 20 interviews with a range of international practitioners including Pete Docter, Director, Monsters, Inc. (2001), Up (2009) and Inside Out (2015). Featured Artists Sarah Cox, ArthurCox Lluis Danti, Media Molecule Pete Docter, Pixar Paul Driessen Eric Fogel Cathal Gaffney, Brown Bag Films Adam Goddard Philip Hunt, STUDIO AKA The Brothers McLeod Bill Plympton Ellen Poon, Industrial Light and Magic Barry Purves Joanna Quinn Chris Randall, Second Home Studios Maureen Selwood Koji Yamamura
Foundations of Sound Design for Linear Media by
This volume provides a comprehensive introduction to foundational topics in sound design for linear media, such as listening and recording; audio postproduction; key musical concepts and forms such as harmony, conceptual sound design, electronica, soundscape, and electroacoustic composition; the audio commons; and sound's ontology and phenomenology. The reader will gain a broad understanding of the key concepts and practices that define sound design for its use with moving images as well as important forms of composed sound. The chapters are written by international authors from diverse backgrounds who provide multidisciplinary perspectives on sound in its linear forms. The volume is designed as a textbook for students and teachers, as a handbook for researchers in sound, media and experience, and as a survey of key trends and ideas for practitioners interested in exploring the boundaries of their profession.
Heavy Metal at the Movies by
The chapters collected in this volume shed light on the areas of interaction between film studies and heavy metal research, exploring how the audio-visual medium of film relates to, builds on and shapes metal culture. At one end of the spectrum, metal music serves as a form of ambient background in horror films that creates an intense and somewhat threatening atmosphere; at the other end, the high level of performativity attached to the metal spectacle is emphasized. Alongside these tendencies, the recent and ongoing wave of metal documentaries has taken off, relying on either satire or hagiography.
Manga and Anime Go to Hollywood by
The media industries in the United States and Japan are similar in much the same way animals on earth share a similar DNA, but while a horse and a kangaroo maybe 95% related on a biological level, they are also very different - this is the way it is with manga/anime in Japan and Hollywood animation/movies/TV. Although sharing some key common origins, they developed mostly separately but influenced each other significantly along the way. That confluence is now accelerating into new forms of hybridization that will drive much of future storytelling entertainment. Understanding these common and divergent DNA origins, the cross-influences and the independent traits is one of many reasons why this book is so important. Through original interviews with top creators in these fields and illuminating case studies including adaptations of Japanese mangas and animes for Hollywood remakes, Manga and Anime go to Hollywood analyzes the specific dynamics of this confluence between Japanese manga/anime and American film,animation and television. In addition, it shows how to use this knowledge creatively to shape the future of global narrative storytelling, including through the educational system. It is a fascinating to any reader with an interest in the inter-related history of Japanese manga/anime and Hollywood since the Meiji period through WW2, what is happening on the cutting edge right now - and into the future.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
The Technique of Film and Video Editing by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
Visual Character Development in Film and Television by
This book takes a unique look at visual character development in motion pictures and television by using famous works of art combined with modern works of film and television to demonstrate how to weave a visual tale. In a single shot or scene, what should we reveal about a character? What should we conceal? How can we show a character's progression over time?InVisual Character Development in Film and Television,authors Michael Hanly and Elisabeth Rowney explain how to create compelling visual characters for the screen by analyzing fine art aesthetics and combining them with modern cinematic techniques. Full-color chapters cover character-driven approaches to costume design and makeup application, production design, cinematography and lighting, plot development, editing considerations, and more. By exploring how surroundings, habits, lifestyles - even the color of a sweater - can tell us more about a character on the screen than what can be said in dialogue alone, this book will prove a valuable resource for anyone wanting to take their filmmaking to the next level.
A study of FILM as an art form, with an emphasis on how watching films are influenced by the particular ways in which films are made, the characteristics of the medium, and the style and structure of particular films. It provides some familiarity with the artistic, economic, technological and social factors that placed forth an influence on the development of the medium and the industry to its present influential role in cultures today.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs : new perspectives on production, reception, legacy by
Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (David Hand, 1937) occupies a central place within the history of global animation. Based on the German fairy tale by the Brothers Grimm, the film was the first feature-length animated film produced by the Disney Studio and served to announce the animated cartoon as an industrial art form. Yet Disney’s landmark version not only set in motion the Golden Age of the Hollywood cartoon, but has continued to stand as an international sensation, prompting multiple revisions and remakes within a variety of national filmmaking contexts. This book explores the enduring qualities that have marked Snow White’s influence and legacy, providing a collection of original chapters that reflect upon its pioneering use of technology and contributions to animation’s visual style, the film’s reception within an American context, and its status as a global cultural phenomenon.
Togo Mizrahi and the Making of Egyptian Cinema by
A free open access ebook is available upon publication. Learn more at www.luminosoa.org. In this book, Deborah A. Starr recuperates the work of Togo Mizrahi, a pioneer of Egyptian cinema. Mizrahi, an Egyptian Jew with Italian nationality, established himself as a prolific director of popular comedies and musicals in the 1930s and 1940s. As a studio owner and producer, Mizrahi promoted the idea that developing a local cinema industry was a project of national importance. Togo Mizrahi and the Making of Egyptian Cinema integrates film analysis with film history to tease out the cultural and political implications of Mizrahi's work. His movies, Starr argues, subvert dominant notions of race, gender, and nationality through their playful--and queer--use of masquerade and mistaken identity. Taken together, Mizrahi's films offer a hopeful vision of a pluralist Egypt. By reevaluating Mizrahi's contributions to Egyptian culture, Starr challenges readers to reconsider the debates over who is Egyptian and what constitutes national cinema.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that begins the production process for a student’s major culminating digital film project.
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking by
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking: From Script to Screen explores what goes into the making of Hollywood¿s greatest motion pictures. Join veteran script consultant Linda Seger as she examines contemporary and classic screenplays on their perilous journey from script to screen. This fully revised and updated edition includes interviews with over 80 well-known artists in their fields including writers, producers, directors, actors, editors, composers, and production designers. Their discussions about the art and craft of filmmaking ¿ including how and why they make their decisions ¿ provides filmmaking and screenwriting students and professionals with the ultimate guide to creating the best possible "blueprint" for a film and to also fully understand the artistic and technical decisions being made by all those involved in the process.
DSLR cinema : a beginner's guide to filmmaking on a budget by
The DSLR cinema revolution began over ten years ago. Professional filmmakers, students, video journalists, event video shooters, production houses, and others jumped at the opportunity to shoot cinematic images on these low budget cameras. The first edition of the book mapped the way focusing exclusively on DSLRs. This new edition shows how you can create stunning cinematic images using low budget cinema cameras, from iPhones to the C200. The author examines new cameras and new projects as filmmakers shoot action movies with the Panasonic GH5, craft personal stories with Blackmagic¿s Pocket Cinema Camera, make documentaries and short films with the Canon C100 Mark II, and create music videos with the 5D Mark IV. This book, like the previous edition, takes the wisdom of some of the best shooters and empowers you to create visually stunning images with low budget cinema cameras. It includes six all new case studies, as well as updated examples from short films and documentaries. This book contains the essential tools to make you a better visual storyteller. FEATURES An examination of the creative and technical choices filmmakers face¿everything from why we move cameras to shooting flat in order to widen the dynamic range of cameras Case studies from documentary filmmakers, news shooters, fiction makers, a visual anthropologist, and recent film school graduates An updated list of gear for low-budget filmmakers, including a section on what to look for in the gear you need to shoot and edit your projects
The Film and Media Creator's Guide to Music by
Music plays an integral role in the experience of film, television, video games, and other media¿yet for many directors, producers, and media creators, working with music can be a baffling and intimidating process. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music bridges the gap between musical professionals and the creators of film and other media projects, establishing a shared language while demystifying this collaborative journey. Organized with a modular chapter structure, the book covers fundamental topics including: Why (and when) to use music in a project How to talk about music Licensing existing music Commissioning original music Working with a composer Geared toward emerging and established creators alike, this book takes a practical approach to the process of finding the best music for all forms of moving image. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music offers hands-on advice for media creators, providing readers with the confidence to approach the planning, commissioning, creation, and placement of music in their projects with the awareness, understanding, and vocabulary that will enable them to be better collaborators and empowered storytellers. For students and professionals working across film and media, this book is the essential guide to using music creatively and effectively.
Guerrilla Film Marketing by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
Making Video Dance by
Making Video Dance: A Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dance for the Screen is the first workbook to follow the entire process of video dance production: from having an idea, through to choreographing for the screen, filming and editing, and distribution. In doing so, it explores and analyses the creative, practical, technical, and aesthetic issues that arise when making screen dance. This rigorously revised edition brings the book fully up to date from a technical and aesthetic point of view, and includes: An extended exploration of improvisation in the video dance-making process New writing about filming in the landscape Additional writing on developing a practice and working with scores and manifestos Updated information about camera use, including filming with mobile phones A step-by-step guide to digital non-linear editing of screen dance Ideas for distribution in the 21st century Insights into Katrina's own screen dance practice, with reference to specific works that she has directed and which are available to view online New and revised practical exercises New illustrations specially drawn for this edition
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
The Movie making book skills and projects to learn and share by
Making movies is easier for young people than ever before, using nothing more than a smartphone or a tablet with simple editing programmes.
Understanding Design in Film Production by
Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget, but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning.In Understanding Design in Film Production, author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design, cinematography, lighting, and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story, even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers, set decorators, construction coordinators, cinematographers, costumers, and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft, it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does, how they think and plan, and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find, secure, and manage the best locations, how to create and dress a set, and how to make old look new and new look old--all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films. ts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that begins the production process for a student’s major culminating digital film project.
The Complete Film Production Handbook by
This book is for working film/TV professionals and students alike. If you're a line producer, production manager, production supervisor, assistant director or production coordinator--the book has everything you'll need (including all the forms, contracts, releases and checklists) to set up and run a production--from finding a production office to turning over delivery elements. Even if you know what you're doing, you will be thrilled to find everything you need in one place. If you're not already working in film production, but think you'd like to be, read the book -- and then decide. If you choose to pursue this career path, you'll know what to expect, you'll be prepared, and you'll be ten steps ahead of everyone else just starting out. New topics and information in the fourth edition include: * Low-budget independent films, including documentaries and shorts * Information specific to television production and commercials * The industry's commitment to go green and how to do it * Coverage of new travel and shipping regulations * Updated information on scheduling, budgeting, deal memos, music clearances, communications, digital production, and new forms throughout
Mastering Adobe Animate 2021 by
Adobe Animate is platform-agnostic asset creation, motion design, animation, and interactivity software. Complete with step-by-step explanations of essential concepts, practical examples, and hands-on walkthroughs, this book shows you how to use Adobe Animate to create immersive experiences by breaking through creative limitations across every medium.
You will begin by getting up to speed with what you need to know about Adobe Animate quickly. Next, you will learn how to get started with Animate as a creative platform and explore the features introduced in the most recent version of the software. Moving on, you'll consume and produce media assets for multiple platforms through both the publish and export workflows. Following this, you'll delve into advanced rigging techniques and discover how to create more dynamic animation with advanced depth and movement techniques. You'll also find out how to build projects such as games, virtual reality experiences, and apps for various platforms. The book concludes with an examination of different methods used to extend the software for various needs.
By the end of this book, you'll be able to produce a variety of media assets, motion design materials and animated artifacts, and interactive content pieces - all while targeting a variety of platforms including HTML5 Canvas, WebGL, and mobile devices.
Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs : new perspectives on production, reception, legacy by
"Walt Disney's Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (David Hand, 1937) occupies a central place within the history of global animation. Based on the German fairy tale by the Brothers Grimm, the film was the first feature-length animated film produced by the Disney Studio and served to announce the animated cartoon as an industrial art form. Yet Disney's landmark version not only set in motion the Golden Age of the Hollywood cartoon, but has continued to stand as an international sensation, prompting multiple revisions and remakes within a variety of national filmmaking contexts. This book explores the enduring qualities that have marked Snow White's influence and legacy, providing a collection of original chapters that reflect upon its pioneering use of technology and contributions to animation's visual style, the film's reception within an American context, and its status as a global cultural phenomenon"--Publisher's description.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that completes the production process for a student’s major culminating digital film project.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
The Film and Media Creator's Guide to Music by
Music plays an integral role in the experience of film, television, video games, and other media¿yet for many directors, producers, and media creators, working with music can be a baffling and intimidating process. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music bridges the gap between musical professionals and the creators of film and other media projects, establishing a shared language while demystifying this collaborative journey. Organized with a modular chapter structure, the book covers fundamental topics including: Why (and when) to use music in a project How to talk about music Licensing existing music Commissioning original music Working with a composer Geared toward emerging and established creators alike, this book takes a practical approach to the process of finding the best music for all forms of moving image. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music offers hands-on advice for media creators, providing readers with the confidence to approach the planning, commissioning, creation, and placement of music in their projects with the awareness, understanding, and vocabulary that will enable them to be better collaborators and empowered storytellers. For students and professionals working across film and media, this book is the essential guide to using music creatively and effectively.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
Independent Female Filmmakers by
Independent Female Filmmakerscollects original and previously published essays, interviews, and manifestos from some of the most defining and groundbreaking independent female filmmakers of the last 40 years. Featuring material from the seminal magazine The Independent Film and Video Monthly--a leading publication for independent filmmakers for several decades--as well as new interviews conducted with the filmmakers, this book, edited by Michele Meek, presents a unique perspective into the ethnically and culturally diverse voices of women filmmakers whose films span narrative, documentary, and experimental genres and whose work remains integral to independent film history from the 1970s to the present. Independent Female Filmmakers also includes a biographical profile of each filmmaker, as well as an online resource with links to additonal interviews and a sample course syllabus. The filmmakers in this book include: * Lisa Cholodenko (High Art, The Kids Are All Right) * Martha Coolidge (Valley Girl, Real Genius, Introducing Dorothy Dandridge) * Cheryl Dunye (The Watermelon Woman, Stranger Inside) * Miranda July (The Future, Me And You And Everyone We Know) * Barbara Kopple (Harlan County USA, Wild Man Blues) * Maria Maggenti (The Incredibly True Adventures of Two Girls in Love) * Deepa Mehta (Fire, Earth, Water) * Trinh T. Minh-ha (Surname Viet, Given Name Nam, Night Passage) . . . and more!
Making Video Dance by
Making Video Dance: A Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dance for the Screen is the first workbook to follow the entire process of video dance production: from having an idea, through to choreographing for the screen, filming and editing, and distribution. In doing so, it explores and analyses the creative, practical, technical, and aesthetic issues that arise when making screen dance. This rigorously revised edition brings the book fully up to date from a technical and aesthetic point of view, and includes: An extended exploration of improvisation in the video dance-making process New writing about filming in the landscape Additional writing on developing a practice and working with scores and manifestos Updated information about camera use, including filming with mobile phones A step-by-step guide to digital non-linear editing of screen dance Ideas for distribution in the 21st century Insights into Katrina's own screen dance practice, with reference to specific works that she has directed and which are available to view online New and revised practical exercises New illustrations specially drawn for this edition
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Sound Theory from Sound Practice by
Sound Design Theory and Practiceis a comprehensive and accessible guide to the concepts which underpin the creative decisions that inform the creation of sound design. A fundamental problem facing anyone wishing to practice, study, teach or research about sound is the lack of a theoretical language to describe the way sound is used and a comprehensive and rigorous overarching framework that describes all forms of sound. With the recent growth of interest in sound studies, there is an urgent need to provide scholarly resources that can be used to inform both the practice and analysis of sound. Using a range of examples from classic and contemporary cinema, television and games this book provides a thorough theoretical foundation for the artistic practice of sound design, which is too frequently seen as a 'technical' or secondary part of the production process. Engaging with practices in film, television and other digital media, Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars. >Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars.
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
Virtual reality filmmaking : techniques & best practices for VR filmmakers by
Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking, including narrative, documentary, live event production, and more. Written by Celine Tricart, a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies, the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium, and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio, Wevr, Viacom, Fox Sports, Sundance's New Frontier, and more.
Write to shoot : writing short films for production by
Write to Shootteaches budding screenwriters and screenwriting filmmakers how to write a short script with production in mind. Beker instructs them how to showcase their strengths, tailor projects to shoestring budgets, resources, and practical production parameters without sacrificing the quality and punch of their screenplays, whether they're creating a sizzle short for an unproduced feature script, an independent creative work, or a soapbox to promote a cause. Write to Shoot: Writing Short Films for Productionis a must-have guide for anyone who wants to be sure there will be no surprises on set that come from a script that's not ready for production.
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course that completes the production process for a student’s major culminating digital film project.
Captioning and Subtitling for d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Audiences by
Captioning and Subtitling for d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Audiences is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of captioning and subtitling, a discipline that has evolved quickly in recent years.
Post-cinema : Cinema in the Post-art Era by
Post-cinema designates a new way of making films. It is time to ask whether this novelty is complete or relative and to evaluate to what extent this novation represents a unitary current or multiple ways. The book proposes to integrate the post-cinema question within the post-art question in order to study the new way of making filmic images in new conditions more or less remote from the dispositif of the theater and in closer relationship with contemporary art. The issue will be considered at three levels: the impression of post-art on "regular" films ; the "relocation" (Cassetti) of the same films that can be seen using devices of all kinds, in conditions more or less remote from the dispositif of the theater ; parallel to the integration of contemporary art in "regular" cinema, the integration of cinema into contemporary art in all kinds of forms of creation and exhibition.
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Write to shoot : writing short films for production by
Write to Shootteaches budding screenwriters and screenwriting filmmakers how to write a short script with production in mind. Beker instructs them how to showcase their strengths, tailor projects to shoestring budgets, resources, and practical production parameters without sacrificing the quality and punch of their screenplays, whether they're creating a sizzle short for an unproduced feature script, an independent creative work, or a soapbox to promote a cause. Write to Shoot: Writing Short Films for Productionis a must-have guide for anyone who wants to be sure there will be no surprises on set that come from a script that's not ready for production.
FOTOGRA introduces the concepts and the body of knowledge that forms the foundation for the professional practice of photography.
This course lays the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and in the field of multimedia, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized. The aim of this introductory course is to develop the students’ interest and understanding of the craft of traditional and digital photography as an art form, with the camera and lighting equipment as image making tools, a process that is a merger of both aesthetics and technology.
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
A Companion to Photography by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Documentary editing : principles and practice by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
DSLR cinema : a beginner's guide to filmmaking on a budget by
The DSLR cinema revolution began over ten years ago. Professional filmmakers, students, video journalists, event video shooters, production houses, and others jumped at the opportunity to shoot cinematic images on these low budget cameras. The first edition of the book mapped the way focusing exclusively on DSLRs. This new edition shows how you can create stunning cinematic images using low budget cinema cameras, from iPhones to the C200. The author examines new cameras and new projects as filmmakers shoot action movies with the Panasonic GH5, craft personal stories with Blackmagic¿s Pocket Cinema Camera, make documentaries and short films with the Canon C100 Mark II, and create music videos with the 5D Mark IV. This book, like the previous edition, takes the wisdom of some of the best shooters and empowers you to create visually stunning images with low budget cinema cameras. It includes six all new case studies, as well as updated examples from short films and documentaries. This book contains the essential tools to make you a better visual storyteller. FEATURES An examination of the creative and technical choices filmmakers face¿everything from why we move cameras to shooting flat in order to widen the dynamic range of cameras Case studies from documentary filmmakers, news shooters, fiction makers, a visual anthropologist, and recent film school graduates An updated list of gear for low-budget filmmakers, including a section on what to look for in the gear you need to shoot and edit your projects
New Ways of Seeing by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
Perception and imaging : photography--a way of seeing by
When you look at an image, what do you see, think, and feel? How do you want your audience to react when they view your work? For over 30 years the late Richard Zakia helped photographers enrich their creative vision through his classic book, Perception and Imaging. Now he is joined by co-author John Suler who extensively studied and worked with images throughout his career as a clinical psychologist. Together they present their insights into the principles of perception, memory, color, time, space, shapes, illusion, subliminals, rhetoric, personality style, and photo critique. Unlike any other book, Perception and Imaging will give you an extensive understanding of how photography relates to art, design, advertising, psychology, and philosophy, as well as what makes photography unique among the image-making disciplines. Whether you are a beginner or a professional, this information will help you appreciate photography not simply as a mastering of technique and composition, but as a way of truly seeing, especially now in the digital age. - New sections about photo sharing in social media and online groups devoted to photography critique - Includes inspirational images from some of the world's most well-known photographers, including Henri Cartier-Bresson, Man Ray, and Ansel Adams - A comprehensive discussion of the "decisive moment" photo, its vital ingredients, and why some consider it the essence of photography - New sections about body language in photographs, camera angles, aspect ratios, self portraits and selfies, and how memory and personality affect photography
Perfect likeness : photography and composition by
This book considers a fascinating paradigm in contemporary photography, and the many ways it engages many of today's most important photographers. Serious photographers have long been suspicious of images that are too beautiful, too "photogenic," or too controlled. Recently, however, there has been a renewed interest in these questions, and in overtly composed images that go beyond simple representation. This volume collects compelling work by many artists working in this area, including Thomas Demand, Stan Douglas, Roe Ethridge, Peter Holzhauer, Barbara Probst, Jeff Wall, and Christopher Williams. Dozens of color reproductions show how these artists contend with the relationship between the world as they find it and the composed image through landscape, portraiture, and still life. Raising as many questions as it answers, this provocative book presents photography as a dynamic and compelling medium for both its practitioners and its audience.
Photocommunication Across Media by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
Photographers on Photography by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photography and collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
Photoshop Elements 2019 for Dummies by
Turn blah photos into dazzling images Photoshop Elements offers enough of the power you'll find in full Photoshop to make both basic and artistic edits to your photos. Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies helps you learn how to use Photoshop Elements to take your shots to stunning new heights! Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies offers photographers of all skill levels the power to turn run-of-the-mill digital pictures into beautiful photographs. This friendly and helpful guidebook directs you on how to harness all the tools this powerful software has to offer. Simple explanations for handling image editing Steps for giving your photos a digital makeover Ways to turn your photos into works of art Guidance on fixing your pics with one click No matter if you're a photo editing newcomer looking for advice on making the most common fixes or an experienced editor in need of a road map to this version of Photoshop Elements, this book has you covered!
FOTOGRA introduces the concepts and the body of knowledge that forms the foundation for the professional practice of photography.
This course lays the groundwork for a study and/or career in the field of photography and in the field of multimedia, wherein lessons learned in the classroom can be utilized. The aim of this introductory course is to develop the students’ interest and understanding of the craft of traditional and digital photography as an art form, with the camera and lighting equipment as image making tools, a process that is a merger of both aesthetics and technology.
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Creative Black and White, 2nd Edition by
Black-and-white photography poses unique challenges; without color to guide the eye, contrast, lighting, and composition take on even more importance. In Creative Black and White, 2nd Edition, renowned photographer Harold Davis explains these elements and demonstrates the basic rules of black and white photography, as well as when and how to break them. He breaks through the complexity of this photographic medium, explores opportunities for black-and-white imagery, and shows how to capitalize on each and every one of them. This new, revised, and expanded edition brings the tools up to date with extended sections on monochrome in Lightroom, Photoshop, and related plugins.
David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography by
David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting new Canon EOS RP mirrorless camera. This highly-affordable model sports a 26.2 MP full frame sensor embedded with 4,779 Dual-Pixel phase detection AF points for lightning-fast, precise autofocus. The EOS RP's 2.36 million dot electronic viewfinder provides a bright, clear view as you shoot. There are three available adapters that it easy to supplement your RF-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S optics. The EOS RP has wireless connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, high-definition movie-making capabilities, and a versatile swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS RP. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS RP Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy EOS RP "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS RP today.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
The Digital Photography Book by
Learn how to take professional-quality photographs using the same tricks today's top photographers use (surprisingly, it's easier than you'd think)! This is a completely, totally updated version of the #1 best-selling digital photography book of all time! It's the award winning, worldwide smash hit, written by Scott Kelby, that's been translated into dozens of different languages. Here's how Scott describes this book's brilliant premise: "If you and I were out on a shoot, and you asked me, 'Hey, how do I get this flower to be in focus, with the background out of focus?,' I wouldn't stand there and give you a photography lecture. In real life, I'd just say, 'Put on your zoom lens, set your f-stop to f/2.8, focus on the flower, and fire away.' That's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend--without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." This isn't a book of theory--full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time. Each page covers a single concept that makes your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: Pro Tips for Getting Sharp Photos Chapter 2: The Scoop on Lenses Chapter 3: Shooting Landscapes Like a Pro Chapter 4: Shooting Travel Like a Pro Chapter 5: Making Portraits Like a Pro Chapter 6: Making Portraits with Flash Like a Pro Chapter 7: Shooting Weddings Like a Pro Chapter 8: Shooting Sports Like a Pro Chapter 9: Shooting Other Stuff Like a Pro Chapter 10: Pro Tips for Getting Better Photos Chapter 11: How to Print Like a Pro Chapter 12: Photo Recipes to Help You Get the Shot
Digital Photography for Dummies by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Digital SLR Photography All-In-One for Dummies by
Click your way to stunning digital images with this thorough resource! With the six mini-guides in Digital SLR Photography All-in-One For Dummies, you've got the six ingredients you need to cook up some fantastic photos. This book will help you make friends with your dSLR whether it's the latest model or an older hand-me-down. Together, you'll find the perfect angles, exposure, and lighting to capture magical images. It wouldn't be digital photography without a bit of tech--SD cards, file transfers, resolution, and a few other things you might have never encountered before you picked up a dSLR. With this book, you can become a camera-wrangler extraordinaire, getting your shots and using digital editing tools to help them look their best. Now you have the tools you need to start building your portfolio--including some friendly advice on which images to include! Get out there and get shooting! Explore your camera's features and settings, then pick the perfect lenses for your photography style Learn how to make beautiful images by controlling the key components of exposure -- aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings Light your shots perfectly with or without a flash or other lighting equipment Use digital tools to make your photos shine and create an outstanding portfolio Upgrading to a digital SLR is a sign that you're serious about becoming a better photographer. Let this chummy Dummies guide, well, guide you as you become an image maker!
Introduction to Video Production by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
Light and Lens by
The new edition of this pioneering book allows students to acquire an essential foundation for digital photography. Fully updated, it clearly and concisely covers the fundamental concepts of imagemaking, how to use digital technology to create compelling images, and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Exploring history, methods, and theory, this text offers classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators, approaches for analyzing, discussing, and writing about photographs, and tools to critically explore and make images with increased visual literacy. New to this edition: New larger page format Revised and renewed to reflect technological advances Expanded coverage of smartphone/mobile photography Extended coverage of the careers section More than 100 new images
Mastering the Nikon Z6 by
Mastering the Nikon Z6 by Darrell Young provides a wealth of experience-based information and insights for owners of Nikon's new mirrorless full-frame Z6 camera. Darrell is determined to help the user navigate past the confusion that often comes with complex and powerful professional camera equipment. This book explores the features and capabilities of the camera in a way that far surpasses the user's manual. It guides readers through the camera features with step-by-step setting adjustments; color illustrations; and detailed how, when, and why explanations for each option. Every button, dial, switch, and menu configuration setting is explored in a user-friendly manner, with suggestions for setup according to various shooting styles. Darrell's friendly and informative writing style allows readers to easily follow directions, while feeling as if a friend dropped in to share his knowledge. The information in this book goes beyond the camera itself and also covers basic photography technique.
Photocommunication Across Media by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
Photoshop Elements 2019 for Dummies by
Turn blah photos into dazzling images Photoshop Elements offers enough of the power you'll find in full Photoshop to make both basic and artistic edits to your photos. Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies helps you learn how to use Photoshop Elements to take your shots to stunning new heights! Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies offers photographers of all skill levels the power to turn run-of-the-mill digital pictures into beautiful photographs. This friendly and helpful guidebook directs you on how to harness all the tools this powerful software has to offer. Simple explanations for handling image editing Steps for giving your photos a digital makeover Ways to turn your photos into works of art Guidance on fixing your pics with one click No matter if you're a photo editing newcomer looking for advice on making the most common fixes or an experienced editor in need of a road map to this version of Photoshop Elements, this book has you covered!
Understanding Photography by
Understanding Photography will teach you the core concepts that underlie the magic of digital photography with highly visual, clear, and comprehensive explanations. Topics covered include the fundamentals of exposure, how lens choice affects creative control, digital image characteristics, and how to make the most of natural light. You'll learn- - Basic concepts in photography like camera metering, depth of field, and the rule of thirds - Features specific to digital cameras like bit depth, digital sensors, and image noise - How to control perspective and style using lenses - How to use equipment and accessories to enhance capture - Advanced exposure techniques for photographing in fog, mist, or haze - Techniques for improving hand-held shots and mastering autofocus If you yearn to understand the digital photography hobby at a deeper level, or you simply want to take better photos, Understanding Photography is a must-have resource.
A chronological and multi-national survey of the design and artistic traditions of the worlds’ people, from the beginning of history, through the classical periods and the renaissance. It enables students to appreciate and see historic product of artists and artisans in the context of time, period of style, and culture.
Art History by
Art History is a generous, inclusive narrative of the entire sweep of the history of art written for the millions of people for whom a general knowledge of history, religion, philosophy in short, the cultural matrices of societies and civilizations cannot be assumed. This great survey puts the arts of the world in context, defines and illustrates terminology, while keeping the focus on the works of arts themselves. Heavily illustrated and handsomely redesigned and furnished with interesting and enriching boxed material, the Second Edition has heavily reworked sections on the Renaissance and Baroque periods in the West and on modern art, beginning in the late nineteenth century.
Futurekind : design by and for the people by
We have grown accustomed to two beliefs: the first, that only experts can be designers; the second, that our everyday activities are harming the natural world. Yet, with new platforms, digital communication and engaged online communities, the products we can now design - and truly need - can be made by anyone for social and environmental good. Social design can see that primary school children learn to code, and uses local information in off-grid locations to create global change. Open-source design is enabling us to re-make our world right now.Structured into eight areas of application, from healthcare to education, this book showcases over sixty projects - not the kind you see in glossy magazines or online, but the ones that have made a genuine difference to communities and lives around the world. Rather than being client-driven, as commercial design often is, each project here is the result of designers who reach out, communities who get involved and the technologies that helping people to realize ideas together. From a playground-powered water pump in South Africa to a DIY budget cellphone, each of these groundbreaking projects is presented through fascinating and life-affirming stories, diagrams that reveal the mechanisms and motivations behind each design approach, and photography that celebrates the humanity of the endeavour.
Masterworks of Architectural Drawing by
This book highlights architectural drawings from the Albertina's superb collection and offers new insights into the genre. Since the medium began, artists have used architectural drawings to document the urban and rural past and to envision the future. Covering a period that runs from the 16th-century to the 1930s, this collection of 140 architectural drawings presents a panoply of styles and perspectives from some of the leading artists of their day, including Durer, Bernini, Hansen, Loos and others. From delicately colored Baroque vedute and magnificent Renaissance buildings to Hapsburg palaces and Art Deco structures, these works both document and reflect upon the architects and the artists' visions and hopes for our built environments. With detailed sketches and painters' compositions, this book will fascinate architectural enthusiasts and art lovers alike.
Swedish Design : a history by
Swedish Design- A History provides a fascinating and comprehensive introduction to the development of design in Sweden from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first. Leading design historian Lasse Brunnstrum traces the move from artisanal crafts production to the mass production and consumption of designed objects, a process by which the role and profile of the designer became increasingly important. His survey, richly illustrated with images of the designed objects discussed, takes in forms of design traditionally associated with Sweden, such as household objects and textiles, while also considering some less-written about genres such as industrial and graphic design. Brunnstrum questions many established ideas about design in Sweden, notably its aesthetics and its relationship to Sweden's national and political culture. He argues that the history of design in Sweden has been far more complex and less straightforwardly 'blond' than hitherto understood.
World History of Design by
The definitive global history of design Authored by preeminent design scholar Victor Margolin, World History of Design is an indispensable new multi-volume work, providing a comprehensive and detailed historical account of design from prehistory to the end of the twentieth century. An unrivalled breadth of coverage Comprising three volumes containing almost one million words and 1,500 images, World History of Design features all world regions across all periods. From the earliest cave art and human tools to the recent development of a global design culture, it includes substantial new material on design in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and Africa. Multi-disciplinary relevance and appeal With its broad geographic and chronological purview, and its depth of discussion, World History of Design is an essential resource for students and scholars in design history, as well as in the fields of history, sociology, art history, and anthropology. It will also appeal to design practitioners worldwide and to a general audience with an interest in design.
World History of Design by
This is the first volume of the World History of Design, the definitive historical account of global design by pre-eminent design scholar Victor Margolin. The first volume explores the earliest cave art and human tools, including the key examples of the visual and material culture that were produced in all parts of the world from the first stages of human civilization, the Industrial Revolution and its aftermath, and finally World War I. This richly illustrated volume contains over 380 images, with 72 in full colour.
A chronological and multi-national survey of the design and artistic traditions of the worlds’ people, from the beginning of history, through the classical periods and the renaissance. It enables students to appreciate and see historic product of artists and artisans in the context of time, period of style, and culture.
Botticelli past and present by
The recent exhibitions dedicated to Botticelli around the world show, more than ever, the significant and continued debate about the artist. Botticelli Past and Present engages with this debate. The book comprises four thematic parts, spanning four centuries of Botticelli's artistic fame and reception from the fifteenth century. Each part comprises a number of essays and includes a short introduction which positions them within the wider scholarly literature on Botticelli. The parts are organised chronologically beginning with discussion of the artist and his working practice in his own time, moving onto the progressive rediscovery of his work from the late eighteenth to the turn of the twentieth century, through to his enduring impact on contemporary art and design. Expertly written by researchers and eminent art historians and richly illustrated throughout, the broad range of essays in this book make a valuable contribution to Botticelli studies.
Fonthill recovered : a cultural history by
Fonthill, in Wiltshire, is traditionally associated with the writer and collector William Beckford who built his Gothic fantasy house called Fonthill Abbey at the end of the eighteenth century. The collapse of the Abbey's tower in 1825 transformed the name Fonthill into a symbol for overarching ambition and folly, a sublime ruin. Fonthill is, however, much more than the story of one man's excesses. Beckford's Abbey is only one of several important houses to be built on the estate since the early sixteenth century, all of them eventually consumed by fire or deliberately demolished, and all of them oddly forgotten by historians. Little now remains: a tower, a stable block, a kitchen range, some dressed stone, an indentation in a field. 'Fonthill Recovered' draws on histories of art and architecture, politics and economics to explore the rich cultural history of this famous Wiltshire estate. The first half of the book traces the occupation of Fonthill from the Bronze Age to the twenty-first century. Some of the owners surpassed Beckford in terms of their wealth, their collections, their political power and even, in one case, their sexual misdemeanours. They include Charles I's Chancellor of the Exchequer, and the richest commoner in the nineteenth century. The second half of the book consists of essays on specific topics, filling out such crucial areas as the complex history of the designed landscape, the sources of the Beckfords' wealth and their collections, and one essay that features the most recent appearance of the Abbey in a video game.
Hesychasm and art : the appearance of new iconographic trends in Byzantine and Slavic lands in the 14th and 15th centuries by
"Although many of the iconographic traditions in Byzantine art formed in the early centuries of Christianity, they were not petrified within a time warp. Subtle changes and refinements in Byzantine theology did find reflection in changes to the iconographic and stylistic conventions of Byzantine art. This is a brilliant and innovative book in which Dr Anita Strezova argues that a religious movement called Hesychasm, especially as espoused by the great Athonite monk St Gregory Palamas, had a profound impact on the iconography and style of Byzantine art, including that of the Slav diaspora, of the late Byzantine period. While many have been attracted to speculate on such a connection, none until now has embarked on proving such a nexus. The main stumbling blocks have included the need for a comprehensive knowledge of Byzantine theology; a training in art history, especially iconological, semiotic and formalist methodologies; extensive fieldwork in Macedonia, Bulgaria, Serbia, Greece, Turkey and Russia, and a working knowledge of Greek, Old Church Slavonic, Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, Latin as well as several modern European languages, French, German, Russian and Italian. These are some of the skills which Dr Strezova has brought to her topic."
The quest for an appropriate past in literature, art and architecture by
This volume explores the various strategies by which appropriate pasts were construed in scholarship, literature, art, and architecture in order to create "national", regional, or local identities in late medieval and early modern Europe. Because authority was based on lineage, political and territorial claims were underpinned by historical arguments, either true or otherwise. Literature, scholarship, art, and architecture were pivotal media that were used to give evidence of the impressive old lineage of states, regions, or families. These claims were related not only to classical antiquity but also to other periods that were regarded as antiquities, such as the Middle Ages, especially the chivalric age. The authors of this volume analyse these intriguing early modern constructions of "antiquity" and investigate the ways in which they were applied in political, intellectual and artistic contexts in the period of 1400-1700. Contributors include: Barbara Arciszewska, Bianca De Divitiis, Karl Enenkel, Hubertus Günther, Thomas Haye, Harald Hendrix, Stephan Hoppe, Marc Laureys, Frédérique Lemerle, Coen Maas, Anne-Françoise Morel, Kristoffer Neville, Konrad Ottenheym, Yves Pauwels, Christian Peters, Christoph Pieper, David Rijser, Bernd Roling, Nuno Senos, Paul Smith, Pieter Vlaardingerbroek, and Matthew Walker
Renaissance Art by
The Renaissance began at the end of the 14th century in Italy and had extended across the whole of Europe by the second half of the 16th century. The rediscovery of the splendour of ancient Greece and Rome marked the beginning of the rebirth of the arts following the break-down of the dogmatic certitude of the Middle Ages. A number of artists began to innovate in the domains of painting, sculpture, and architecture. Depicting the ideal and the actual, the sacred and the profane, the period provided a frame of reference which influenced European art over the next four centuries.Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Botticelli, Fra Angelico, Giorgione, Mantegna, Raphael, Dürer and Bruegel are among the artists who made considerable contributions to the art of the Renaissance.
A continuation of the survey in HARTDES 1 that includes design and artistic traditions of the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries all the way to the Modern and Post Modern styles of the 20th and 21st century including the latest trends and technological advances that affect the designs of today.
100 designs, 100 years : innovative designs of the 20th century by
A fascinating insight into the designs that have shaped our century, this at-a-glance guide takes us through a chronologically organized one-hundred-year progression of the world's most influential designs. The author has selected a classic piece of industrial or applied design for each year of the century. He discusses the origin of each design and explains why it was a classic of its time, citing key cultural, social, and political events that place each of the designs in an historical context. Some of the designs that have changed and shaped our lives include: Eastman's beloved "Brownie" camera (1900); the shapely Coca-Cola bottle (1915); the "Butterfly" chair (1938); the bombastic "Model 1015" Wurlitzer jukebox (1947); the "Selectric" electric typewriter (1961); and spanning the remaining years of the century, from the 1960s through the 1980s, the impossible-to-imagine-life-without items like the indispensable ballpoint pen, electric razor, food processor, portable radio-cassette, and computer mouse. The book's concluding entries feature cutting-edge home furnishings and appliances of the 1990s.
Changing Things : the future of objects in a digital world by
Many of the things we now live with do not take a purely physical form. Objects such as smart phones, laptops and wearable fitness trackers are different from our things of the past. These new digital forms are networked, dynamic and contextually configured. They can be changeable and unpredictable, even inscrutable when it comes to understanding what they actually do and whom they really serve.In this compelling new volume, Johan Redstrom and Heather Wiltse address critical questions that have assumed a fresh urgency in the context of these rapidly-developing forms. Drawing on critical traditions from a range of disciplines that have been used to understand the nature of things, they develop a new vocabulary and a theoretical approach that allows us to account for and address the multi-faceted, dynamic, constantly evolving forms and functions of contemporary things. In doing so, the book prototypes a new design discourse around everyday things, and describes them as fluid assemblages.Redstrom and Wiltse explore how a new theoretical framework could enable a richer understanding of things as fluid and networked, with a case study of the evolution of music players culminating in an in-depth discussion of Spotify. Other contemporary 'things' touched on in their analysis include smart phones and watches, as well as digital platforms and applications such as Google, Facebook and Twitter.
The Design Encyclopedia by
The Museum of Modern Art Design Encyclopedia is the most comprehensive design reference guide to date. Compiled over the last 15 years by Mel Byars, in consultation with an international team of design experts, The Encyclopedia sets out to provide the factual framework of a discipline whose own historical accounting of itself is still relatively young. (By way of contrast, art history has existed as a scholarly discipline for over two centuries, and has produced a fairly comprehensive record of itself in that time period.) Only once before has a similarly comprehensive overview of the history of design been attempted--in 1994, also by Mel Byars. The Encyclopedia is about design, of course, but these days "design" seems to encompass almost everything, from magazine layouts and sweatshirts to animatronic flower gardens and heart pumps, not to mention the more abstract "information design." Here, however, design is considered only in its concrete application to functional objects, thus crossing with craft, decorative arts, and industrial design, but distinguishing itself from fine art and theory. The result is 832 pages covering the last 130 years in the history of the design of furniture, lighting, fabrics, ceramics, glassware, metalware, objects in a range of other materials, and mechanical, electrical and electronic appliances, as well as automobiles and some inventions. There are separate entries for designers and craftspeople, design studios, consortiums and partnerships, noteworthy manufacturers, significant historical periods and styles, and materials. Entries, 3,600 in all, are self-contained and organized alphabetically, and include cross-references. Information is an amalgamation of data gathered from a vast number of primary and secondary sources. With over 700 full-color illustrations, most of which are drawn from the MoMA collection, the remainder from Quittenbaum Kunstauktionen in Munich and Hamburg or directly from designers or manufacturers, this publication is an invaluable, definitive compendium of the world of design over the last century and a half.
The Design Encyclopedia by
This definitive encyclopedia covers all elements associated with decoration and design in eastern and western Europe, Australia, North and South America and Japan. Over 3000 entries form a compendium of designers, firms, movements, styles and materials in the design world from the 19th century to the present. Features lists of major design exhibitions and fairs worldwide, ranging from the 1851 Great Exhibition in London through the 1992 Seville Expo to a Pan-Russian Exhibition in Moscow in 1882. Every entry includes dates, biography, details of design education and influences, exhibitions and awards, an in-depth discussion of important designs plus a complete bibliography covering publications in all languages.
Design History by
Design History has become a complex and wide-ranging discipline. It now examines artefacts from conception to development, production, mediation, and consumption. Over the last few decades, the discipline has developed a diverse range of theories and methodologies for the analysis of objects. Design History presents the most comprehensive overview and guide to these developments. The book first traces the development of the discipline, explaining how it draws from Art History, Industrial Design, Cultural History and Material Culture Studies. The core of the book then analyses the seminal methodologies used in Design History today. The final section highlights the key issues concerning knowledge and meaning in Design. Throughout, the aim is to present a concise and accessible introduction to this complex field. A map to the intellectual landscape of Design History, the book will be an invaluable guide for students and a very useful reference for scholars.
Design, history and time : new temporalities in a digital age by
Design, History and Time reflects on the nature of time in relation to design, in both past and contemporary contexts. In contrast to a traditional design historical approach which emphasises schools and movements, this volume addresses time as a continuum and considers the importance of temporality for design practice and history. Contributors address how designers, design historians and design thinkers might respond to the global challenges of time, the rhythms of work, and the increasing speed of life and communication between different communities. They consider how the past informs the present and the future in terms of design; the importance of time-based design practices such as rapid prototyping and slow design, time in relation to memory and forgetting, and artefacts such as the archive for which time is key, and ponder the design of time itself. Showcasing the work of fifteen design scholars from a range of international contexts, the book provides an essential text for thinking about changing attitudes to the temporal.
History of modern design : graphics and products since the Industrial Revolution by
This insightful, wide-ranging book surveys the applied arts and industrial design from the eighteenth century to the present day, exploring the dynamic relationship between design and manufacturing, and the technological, social and commercial contexts in which this relationship has developed. Extensively revised and expanded for this second edition, History of Modern Design is an inclusive, well-balanced introduction to a field of increasing scholarly and interdisciplinary research, and provides students in design with historical perspectives of their chosen fields of study.
Material Imagination by
Material Imagination examines the interrelated concepts of matter, materialism, and materiality in postwar European art, from 1946-1972. Provides a unique perspective on European art by prioritizing material dimensions over concept or context, while also paying attention to theoretical and historical concerns Explores artists' methods and materials in order to better understand the social and cultural environments in which their works of art were made Demonstrates how materials can be harnessed to affect the critical interpretation of artwork Brings together exceptional illustrations and new research in eight essays by art historians and scholars
Modern Asian Design by
Modern Asian Design provides a comprehensive introduction to the development of Asian design in the modern period, both tracing historical threads and offering a theoretical framework within which to chart the history of design in Asia.Rather than a singular "Asian history", this book presents a series of studies centred on trade routes, colonial relationships, regional networks and cross-cultural exchanges. Modern Asian Design builds on existing resources beyond design history in an effort to map the field, focusing particularly on relations between Asia and the West and also across Asian design cultures.Opening with a brief overview of trade and exchange networks in the 17th and 18th centuries, the bulk of this study comprises analysis of the development of modern design in Asia during the later 19th and early 20th centuries, a period of rapid modernisation. The book's final two chapters bring these central ideas into a contemporary and highly relevant context.
Modernist design complete by
"The powerful aesthetic and philosophical framework that modernism ushered in during the early part of the 20th century revolutionized the built world, transformed our living spaces and lifestyles, and fundamentally changed the way we think about design. As they experimented with new forms, materials and techniques, modernist designers rejected historical precedents to prioritize function over history and tradition. This ambitious survey brings together all facets and all scales of design in a comprehensive volume that presents the vast breadth of both towering and lesser-known figures, revealing unexpected connections and new insights. Through sections on furniture, lighting, glass, ceramics, textiles, industrial and product design, graphic design and posters, architecture and interiors, and through profiles of nearly a hundred influential creators, including iconic figures, such as Bruno Mathsson, Charlotte Perriand and Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, as well as architects Alvar Aalto, Le Corbusier, Eliel Saarinen and Walter Gropius, the book's scope is unprecedented. Complete with specially commissioned essays by established academics and subject specialists, and with nearly 650 illustrations, the majority in colour, this book is set to become the definitive reference for a generation, equally indispensible for the designer's studio, the library shelves or the collector's desk"--Provided by publisher.
Victor Horta by
An expertly written and exquisitely photographed study of the buildings of Victor Horta, a central figure of Art Nouveau whose work was fundamental to modernist architecture In the decade following the success of his design for the Hôtel Tassel in Brussels in 1893, Victor Horta, the creator of Art Nouveau architecture, produced more than forty buildings--and a movement. Prepared in close collaboration with the Horta Museum, Brussels, Victor Horta: The Architect of Art Nouveau discusses the many influences on Horta's designs and his legacy. The richly ornamental style of Art Nouveau, characterized by fluid lines based on natural forms, expressed a desire to abandon the historical styles of the nineteenth century and to develop a language that was beautifully crafted and thoroughly contemporary, laying the foundations for the development of modernism in architecture and interior design. Detailed descriptions of nineteen projects representing the full range of Horta's work--including Edicule Lambeaux, Hôtel Autrique, Hôtel Max Hallet, and the Brugmann Hospital, are illustrated with Horta's original drawings and specially commissioned photographs by award- winning photographer Alastair Carew-Cox. Extensive photographs of Hôtel Solvay--to which access had been denied for twenty years before Carew-Cox was granted special access, in recognition of his and David Dernie's significant contribution to the study of Horta--are also included.
The Visual Arts: a History by
For over a quarter of a century this art historical tour de force has consistently proved the classic introduction to humandkind's artistic heritage. From our Paleolithic past to our digitised present, every continent and culture is covered in an articulate and well-balanced discussion--a broad and epic canvas that omits none of the fine detail. In this Revised Seventh Edition, contemporary art historian Michael Archer has brought the account of contemporary art up to date, reflecting the latest developments that continue to shape out cultural history.
World History of Design by
This is the first volume of the World History of Design, the definitive historical account of global design by pre-eminent design scholar Victor Margolin. The first volume explores the earliest cave art and human tools, including the key examples of the visual and material culture that were produced in all parts of the world from the first stages of human civilization, the Industrial Revolution and its aftermath, and finally World War I. This richly illustrated volume contains over 380 images, with 72 in full colour.
A continuation of the survey in HARTDES 1 that includes design and artistic traditions of the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries all the way to the Modern and Post Modern styles of the 20th and 21st century including the latest trends and technological advances that affect the designs of today.
Italian architects and builders in the Ottoman Empire and modern Turkey : design across borders by
"This volume represents the first scholarly work in English devoted to the experience of Italian architects and builders in Turkey, as well as in many of the lands once belonging to the Ottoman Empire. Covering a complex cultural and political geography spanning from the Danubian principalities (today's Romania) to Anatolia and the Aegean region, the book is the result of individual research experiences that were brought together and debated in an international conference in Istanbul in March 2013, organized in collaboration with the Italian Institute of Culture and Bogazici University.0Grounded on a flexible notion of identitarian boundaries, the book explores a rich transcultural field of encounters and interactions, analyzed and evaluated by scholars from six different countries on the basis of hitherto uncovered archival materials. Forms, ideas, individual mobility of actors and materials, networks of patronage, material and political constraints, and religious and cultural difference all play a significant role in shaping the landscapes, buildings and architectural projects presented and discussed here. From late 18th and early 19th century experiences of interaction between neo-classical backgrounds and westernizing Ottoman forms to the Italian proposals for a Turkish republican iconic landmark like the Ataturk mausoleum in Ankara; from the design of the first Ottoman university building to Ottoman varieties of Art Nouveau and Art Deco, and to the infrastructures and urban developments of the 1950s in Turkey, the book is both a richly illustrated and documented overview of relevant cases, and a critical introduction to one of the most enticing areas of encounter in the global history of 19th and 20th century architecture and design."--Page 4 of cover.
Film Finance, Distribution and Exhibition
This course intends to use business school marketing principles and methodology to the film industry as well as provide meticulous and analytical analysis of why films succeed or fail. Emphasis is largely on strategy and positioning rather than script development.
The course will also cover strategies used by international as well as local studio executives in tracking the competitiveness of the films being released in the marketplace.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
Crowdsourcing for filmmakers : indie film and the power of the crowd by
Whether you're a producer, screenwriter, filmmaker, or other creative, you probably have a project that needs constant exposure, or a product to promote. But how do you rise above the noise? In Crowdsourcing for Filmmakers: Indie Film and the Power of the Crowd, Richard Botto explains how to put crowdsourcing to use for your creative project, using social media, networking, branding, crowdfunding, and an understanding of your audience to build effective crowdsourcing campaigns, sourcing everything from film equipment to shooting locations. Botto covers all aspects of crowdsourcing: how to create the message of your brand, project, or initiative; how to mold, shape, and adjust it based on mass response; how to broadcast a message to a targeted group and engage those with similar likes, beliefs, or interests; and finally, how to cultivate those relationships to the point where the message is no longer put forth solely by you, but carried and broadcasted by those who have responded to it. Using a wealth of case studies and practical know-how based on his years of experience in the industry and as founder of Stage 32--the largest crowdsourced platform for film creatives--Richard Botto presents a comprehensive and hands-on guide to crowdsourcing creatively and expertly putting your audience to work on your behalf.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Film Marketing by
The role of the film marketer is both vital and challenging. Promotion is one of the industry's biggest costs, with the campaign of a large film costing up to half its production budget. Box office results, however, are wildly unpredictable: relatively few films a year make a profit. These market conditions make this a unique industry and film marketing a specific and demanding skill set that requires attention early in the career of any marketing student looking to progress in the industry. This new edition of Film Marketing is a thorough update of the first textbook in film promotion. Like in the first edition, Kerrigan takes a socio-cultural, as well as a business view of film marketing and its impact, covering different approaches to promotion according to different aims and audiences internally and externally, and across the world. This book addresses all areas of film marketing from the rigorous perspective of someone with first-hand knowledge of the trade. This new edition also includes: Additional pedagogy and visual examples to reinforce key points A more international range of cases and coverage of non-Western markets to give a global overview of film marketing across the world New and expanded sections on social media, digital promotion, transmedia and crowdfunding This is the original film marketing text which no engaged film or marketing student should be without.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
Guerrilla Film Marketing by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
How to Work the Film and TV Markets by
How to Work the Film & TV Markets takes independent filmmakers, television and digital content creators on a virtual tour of the entertainment industry's trade shows -- the circulatory system of the entire global media landscape. This book highlights the most significant annual events around the world, details a dossier of all the players that frequent them and examines all the elements that drive the market value and profitability of entertainment properties. In-the-trenches insights from our modern, real-world marketplace are contextualized into immediately implementable practical advice. Make the most of your finite investments of funds, time and creative energy to optimize your odds for success within the mainstream, business-to-business circuit but learn how to select, apply and scale prudent, proven principles to drive your own Do-It-Yourself/Direct-to-the-Consuming-Crowd fundraising, distribution and promotional success. Heather Hale demystifies these markets, making them less intimidating, less confusing and less overwhelming. She shows you how to navigate these events, making them far more accessible, productive -- and fun! This creative guide offers: An in-depth survey of the most significant film, TV and digital content trade shows around the world; An overview of the co-production market circuit that offers financing and development support to independent producers; An outline of the market-like festivals and key awards shows; A breakdown of who's who at all these events -- and how to network with them; Hot Tips on how to prepare for, execute and follow up on these prime opportunities; Low-budget key art samples and game plans; A social media speed tour with a wealth of audience engagement ideas. Visit the book's space on www.HeatherHale.com for additional resources and up-to-date information on all these events.
Investing in Movies by
Investing in Movies: Strategies for Investors and Producers is a useful guide for investors and producers looking for an analytical framework to assess the opportunities and pitfalls of film investments. The book traces macroeconomic trends and the globalization of the business, as well as the impact these have on potential returns. It offers a broad range of guidelines on how to source interesting projects and advice on what kinds of projects to avoid, as well as numerous ways to maximize risk-adjusted returns. While focusing primarily on investments in independent films, industry veteran and author Joseph Cohen also provides valuable insights into the studio and independent slate deals that have been marketed to the institutional investment community. Features of this book include: A guide to the minefield of film investing for the potential investor, giving students and aspiring professionals an insider perspective; A detailed explanation of the risk and rewards inherent in the film business and how to evaluate projects; Thorough coverage of the cast of characters that populate the film space, and advice on building relationships to optimize opportunities.
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
The Producer's Business Handbook by
Gain a comprehensive understanding of the business of entertainment and learn to successfully engage in all aspects of global production with the revised and updated 4th edition of The Producer's Business Handbook. Learn how to cultivate relationships with key industry players including domestic and foreign studios, agencies, attorneys, talent, completion guarantors, banks, and private investors. This edition has been updated to include the latest opportunities presented by changing technology and their impact on the producer's ability to brand, monetize, finance and globally release content. Also included is new information on audience, earning, distribution and funding opportunities created by the explosive growth of VR, AR, 360 and gaming, as well as the rapid conversion to OTT. Additional features include: Completely updated production financing worksheets - an essential tool for producers; Expanded information for low-budget independent producers, internationally-based producers, producers using government funding, and film school students alike; Coverage of China's changing entertainment landscape, including their entertainment consumption, their commitment to produce content for the big global territories, and more; New, full-color illustrations and graphics that provide a visual representation of complex topics.
Film Finance, Distribution and Exhibition
This course intends to use business school marketing principles and methodology to the film industry as well as provide meticulous and analytical analysis of why films succeed or fail. Emphasis is largely on strategy and positioning rather than script development.
The course will also cover strategies used by international as well as local studio executives in tracking the competitiveness of the films being released in the marketplace.
After unique- ness : a history of film and video art in circulation by
A historical-conceptual perspective on the concept of "the political"
The Business of Film by
The updated second edition of this text introduces readers to the business of film at every stage of the filmmaking lifecycle, from planning and production to distribution. Authors Paula Landry and Stephen R. Greenwald offer a practical, hands-on guide to the business aspects of this evolving industry, exploring development, financing, regional/global/online distribution, business models, exhibition, multi-platform delivery, marketing, film festivals, production incentives, VR/AR, accounting, and more. The book is illustrated throughout with sample financing scenarios and charts/graphics, and includes detailed case studies from projects of different budgets and markets. This new and expanded edition has further been updated to reflect the contemporary media landscape, including analysis on major new players and platforms like Netflix, Amazon, Google and Vimeo, shifting trends due to convergence and disruption from new technology, as well as the rise of independent distribution and emergent mobile and online formats. An eResource also includes downloadable forms and templates, PowerPoint slides, quizzes and test banks, and other additional resources.
Cinesonica : Sounding film and video by
Cinesonica: sounding film and video explores previously neglected and under-theorised aspects of film and video sound, drawing on detailed case study analyses of Hollywood cinema, art cinema, animated cartoons, and avant-garde film and video. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach to the study of the soundtrack, and breaking away from the focus on narrative and signification that has tended to dominate the study of film sound, the book examines the way in which sound's materiality figures within audiovisual experience. Through a close examination of sound-image relations in a range of film and video forms and genres - including Warner Bros. cartoons, scratch video, and artist's film and video - Cinesonica recasts the film and video text as the meeting point of audio and visual materialities, cultural practices and perceptual activity. The interdisciplinary approach adopted by the book makes its discussion of sound of interest to those studying and working in a range of subject disciplines, including film studies, sound studies, sonic arts, cultural studies, music and art history.
Development of the Global Film Industry by
The global film industry has witnessed significant transformations in the past few years. Regions outside the USA have begun to prosper while non-traditional production companies such as Netflix have assumed a larger market share and online movies adapted from literature have continued to gain in popularity. How have these trends shaped the global film industry? This book answers this question by analyzing an increasingly globalized business through a global lens. Development of the Global Film Industry examines the recent history and current state of the business in all parts of the world. While many existing studies focus on the internal workings of the industry, such as production, distribution and screening, this study takes a "big picture" view, encompassing the transnational integration of the cultural and entertainment industry as a whole, and pays more attention to the coordinated development of the film industry in the light of influence from literature, television, animation, games and other sectors. This volume is a critical reference for students, scholars and the public to help them understand the major trends facing the global film industry in today's world.
The Documentary Filmmaker's Roadmap by
The Documentary Filmmaker's Roadmap is a concise and practical guide to making a feature-length documentary film--from funding to production to distribution, exhibition and marketing. Using her award-winning film Musicwood--a New York Times Critics' Pick--as a case study, director Maxine Trump guides the reader through the complex lifecycle of the documentary Film. Her interviews with lawyers, funders, distributors, TV executives and festival programmers provide a behind-the-scenes look that will assist readers on their own filmmaking journey. Written from the perspective of a successful documentary filmmaker, the book covers mistakes made and lessons learned, a discussion on the documentary genre, crowdfunding, pre-production through post, test screenings, the festival circuit distribution, legal pitfalls, fair use and more. Perfect for documentary filmmaking students and aspiring filmmakers alike, this book emphasizes the skills needed to succeed in a competitive production market. An appendix includes useful web links for further study, a list of films for recommended viewing and sample release forms. This concise guide is ideal for the classroom or as a quick reference out in the field, at a budget meeting or in the editing room.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Film Serials and the American Cinema, 1910-1940 by
Before the advent of television, cinema offered serialized films as a source of weekly entertainment. This book traces the history from the days of silent screen heroines to the sound era's daring adventure serials, unearthing a thriving film culture beyond the self-contained feature. Through extensive archival research, Ilka Brasch details the aesthetic appeals of film serials within their context of marketing and exhibition, looking at how they adapted the pleasures of a flourishing crime fiction culture to both serial visual culture and the affordances of the media-modernity of the early 20th century. The study furthermore traces the relationship of film serials to the broadcast models of radio and television and thereby shows how film serials introduced modes of storytelling that informedpopular culture even beyond the serial's demise.
Filmmakers and financing : business plans for independents by
In this new and updated ultimate filmmaker's guide, Louise Levison gives you easy-to-use steps for writing an investor-winning business plan for a feature film, including: A comprehensive explanations for each of the eight sections of a plan Full financial section with text and tables A sample business plan A companion website with additional information for various chapters and detailed financial instructions ― advanced math not needed An explanation on how feature documentary, animated and large-format films differ A guide to pitching to investors: who they are, what they want and what to tell them Words of advice: Filmmakers share their experiences raising money from equity investors
Guerrilla Film Marketing by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
Investing in movies : strategies for investors and producers by
Investing in Movies: Strategies for Investors and Producers is a useful guide for investors and producers looking for an analytical framework to assess the opportunities and pitfalls of film investments. The book traces macroeconomic trends and the globalization of the business, as well as the impact these have on potential returns. It offers a broad range of guidelines on how to source interesting projects and advice on what kinds of projects to avoid, as well as numerous ways to maximize risk-adjusted returns. While focusing primarily on investments in independent films, industry veteran and author Joseph Cohen also provides valuable insights into the studio and independent slate deals that have been marketed to the institutional investment community. Features of this book include: A guide to the minefield of film investing for the potential investor, giving students and aspiring professionals an insider perspective; A detailed explanation of the risk and rewards inherent in the film business and how to evaluate projects; Thorough coverage of the cast of characters that populate the film space, and advice on building relationships to optimize opportunities.
Making the Invisible Visible by
To describe women in film history as invisible may seem strange as throughout film history, women on the silver screen have given audiences their version of what it is to be a woman. And as film stars they have always been associated with the glamour of the film industry -- the living embodiment of female attraction and pleasure. In Making the invisible visible, however, a group of researchers dissect the underrepresentation of women in areas of film culture often overlooked. Despite some significant differences -- between countries, between eras, between kinds of job -- production teams and film crews have almost always been men. Still today, many film professions are dominated by men. The authors explore womens scope for action in a variety of professional roles, based for example on discussions of LGBTQ+ identities in the film industry. The texts also present fresh perspectives on women actors and the nature of celebrity. Contributors: Elisabet Björklund, Senior Lecturer in Film Studies at Linnaeus University, Sweden. Dagmar Brunow, Associate Professor in Film Studies at Linnaeus University, Sweden. Eirik Frisvold Hanssen, Head of the Film and Broadcasting Section at the National Library of Norway. Christopher Natzén, Research coordinator at the National Library of Sweden. Ingrid Ryberg, filmmaker and Senior Lecturer in Culture, Aesthetics and Media -- University of Gothenburg. Tytti Soila, Professor Emeritus in Cinema Studies at Stockholm University.
The Producer's Business Handbook by
Gain a comprehensive understanding of the business of entertainment and learn to successfully engage in all aspects of global production with the revised and updated 4th edition of The Producer's Business Handbook. Learn how to cultivate relationships with key industry players including domestic and foreign studios, agencies, attorneys, talent, completion guarantors, banks, and private investors. This edition has been updated to include the latest opportunities presented by changing technology and their impact on the producer's ability to brand, monetize, finance and globally release content. Also included is new information on audience, earning, distribution and funding opportunities created by the explosive growth of VR, AR, 360 and gaming, as well as the rapid conversion to OTT. Additional features include: Completely updated production financing worksheets - an essential tool for producers; Expanded information for low-budget independent producers, internationally-based producers, producers using government funding, and film school students alike; Coverage of China's changing entertainment landscape, including their entertainment consumption, their commitment to produce content for the big global territories, and more; New, full-color illustrations and graphics that provide a visual representation of complex topics.
Screenwriting for Profit by
This book teaches readers how global trends define the marketplace for saleable screenplays in key international territories as well as the domestic market. Veteran writer, producer, and director Andrew Stevens gives you the insider edge you need to write for the global marketplace, sharing his decades of experience producing and financing everything from micro-budget independent films to major studio releases. In leveraging Stevens' comprehensive experience, you will learn how to determine specific subject matter, genre, and story elements to make the most of international sales trends, and harness the power of these insider strategies to craft a screenplay that is poised to sell.
Theory and Practice of Editing
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course designed to introduce the student to video production based on the capabilities of computer-based applications.
Documentary Editing by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
The Focal Easy Guide to Final Cut Pro X by
The newly revised third edition of Rick Young's The Focal Easy Guide to Final Cut Pro X is the ultimate mentor for getting up and running with Apple's professional editing software, regardless of your skill level. In this step-by-step, full-color guide, Rick clearly explains the key concepts and essential knowledge needed to edit your project from start to finish, providing clear, time-saving instructions on producing and outputting using Final Cut Pro X. This new edition includes: A thorough introduction to Final Cut Pro X and the philosophy by which the software works Complete coverage of the post production process, including setup, importing and organizing media, editing, audio and output Additional sections on Multicam Editing, working with Proxies, effective Media Management, the Magnetic Timeline, Batch Share and Effects Production New chapters, covering in detail: Roles, Color Correction and the Touch Bar Instructions on encoding, distributing and archiving your completed projects And an accompanying eResource featuring downloadable video footage that you can edit with using the techniques covered in the book Packed with tutorials and real-world examples, The Focal Easy Guide to Final Cut Pro X will take you through the ins and outs of the software and have you editing and outputting your movies in no time! Published July 2019
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
The Technique of Film and Video Editing by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Theory and Practice of Editing
A Digital Filmmaking Major Course designed to introduce the student to video production based on the capabilities of computer-based applications.
Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 release by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC (2017 release) choose Adobe Premiere Pro CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release) from Adobe Press. The 18 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in Premiere Pro. Learn to edit video in Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2017 and get the most out of your workflow. Take a project from beginning to end and learn to organize media, add audio, create transitions, produce titles, and add effects. Take your projects further by sweetening and mixing sound, compositing footage, adjusting color, using advanced editing techniques, managing projects, working with 360 video for VR headsets, exporting, and much more.
The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and interactive multiple-choice quizzes. As always with the Classroom in a Book, Instructor Notes are available for teachers to download.
Adobe Premiere Pro CC classroom in a book 2018 release : the official training workbook from Adobe by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Premiere Pro CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 18 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in Premiere Pro. Learn to edit video in Adobe Premiere Pro CC 2018 and get the most out of your workflow. Take a project from beginning to end and learn to organize media, add audio, create transitions, produce titles, and add effects. Take your projects further by sweetening and mixing sound, compositing footage, adjusting color, using advanced editing techniques, managing projects, working with 360 video for VR headsets, animating graphics, exporting, and much more.
Adobe Premiere Pro Classroom in a Book (2020 release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Premiere Pro choose Adobe Premiere Pro Classroom in a Book (2020 release) from Adobe Press. The 17 project-based lessons in this book show students step-by-step the key techniques for working in Premiere Pro. Students learn skills to take a project from beginning to end, including the basics on things like organizing media, using audio, creating transitions, producing titles, and adding effects. Once they have the basics down, they'll learn how to take their projects further by sweetening and mixing audio, compositing layered footage, adjusting color, customizing motion graphics, exporting files, and much more.
Avid Editing by
Completely updated for current HD, UHD, 2K, and 4K workflows, Avid Editing blends the art and aesthetics of motion picture editing with technical, hands-on instruction. Appropriate for beginners and intermediate users who need to refresh their knowledge of essential post-production techniques, this fully revamped and full-color sixth edition is also an excellent tool for editors coming to Avid from other non-linear editing platforms. Topics covered include trimming, audio, effects, titles, color correction, customization, inputting, and outputting. A robust accompanying online eResource features professionally shot footage and Avid project files, allowing readers to work alongside the lessons taught in the book. The new edition covers: Avid Media Composer licensing choices Changes to the Avid user interface Basic and advanced visual effects Mastering Avid's audio tools Exploring Avid's Title Tool and NewBlue Titler Pro Understanding double-system sound techniques Syncing picture and sound files Understanding and applying LUTs The latest HD, UHD, 2K, and 4K Workflows
The cool stuff in Premiere Pro : learn advanced editing techniques to dramatically speed up your workflow by
Gain in-depth knowledge of Premiere Pro, and learn how the software “thinks.” You'll acquire new skills that will help you choose the best workflow for your project, and simplify and accelerate your video editing process.
Learn how you can edit a lot faster with smarter workflows that automate several steps in the editing process. You'll also see how custom settings, presets, keyboard shortcuts and templates saves hours of work. By tailoring the software to your needs you save clicks on just about every task. With many traditional jobs now being done by one person, its important to understand audio smoothing, color grading, motion graphics, and advanced editing techniques. You’ll learn these skills and disciplines and see how they'll enhance your project's workflow.
All the authors are professional editors and want to know exactly how to cut your film as fast as possible with top quality output. There is invaluable information in The Cool Stuff in Premiere Pro that’s not available anywhere else – not even in Adobe’s own manuals.
Final Cut Pro X 10.4 : professional post-production by
This fully updated Apple-certified guide presents a real-world workflow from raw media to finished project to demonstrate the features of Final Cut Pro X 10.4 and the practical techniques you will use in editing projects. Using professionally acquired media, you'll utilize the same tools and editing techniques used by editors worldwide in this revolutionary editing software. Renowned editor and master trainer Brendan Boykin starts with basic video editing techniques and takes you all the way through Final Cut Pro's powerful features.
Final Cut Pro X Beyond the Basics by
Going beyond where introductory books leave off and written for experienced editors, especially those new to Final Cut Pro X, this new and revised edition of Final Cut Pro X Beyond the Basics is brimming with cutting-edge methods to bring your editing skills to the next level. Explained in jargon-free language by a seasoned teacher and digital editor, Tom Wolsky's text has been fully updated to address the new Final Cut Pro X 10.3 interface and changes to the software. This full-color workshop features tutorials that provide firsthand experience on the art and technique of editing at an advanced level with Final Cut Pro X, as well as in-depth information and time-saving tips that will allow you to master the application's interface elements, tools, and nuances. Wolsky covers all the bases, including: Library workflows and collaboration; Media organization and metadata customization for different genres; Editing techniques for projects of various lengths and types; Using markers and the timeline index; Audio tools; Multicam editing; Audio and video effects; Color correction, including secondary corrections and isolated color adjustments; Compositing and complex animation. An accompanying eResource features downloadable Final Cut Pro X project libraries for the tutorials discussed in the book, offering readers hands-on examples of the techniques and practices covered.
From IMovie to Final Cut Pro X by
From iMovie to Final Cut Pro X offers an accessible, introductory guide to those taking up video editing using Final Cut Pro X, especially users making the transition from iMovie, Apple's free video software, helping aspirational and mobile filmmakers develop the skills needed to take their career to the next stage. Written by award-winning former Apple Education trainer and Final Cut Pro expert Tom Wolsky, this full-color book illuminates the key differences between these two applications and teaches users how to produce first-class results using the professional application. Wolsky also covers best practices for those working with iMovie on an iPhone or iPad and looking to move to a more advanced desktop program. Downloadable Final Cut Pro X project libraries included with the book offer readers hands-on examples of the techniques and practices discussed. Covers Final Cut Pro X 10.3.1.
High Dynamic Range Video by
High Dynamic Range Video: Concepts, Technologies and Applications gives an introduction to a full range of topics within the end-to-end HDR video pipeline, covering the issues around capturing HDR and stereo HDR video, such as ghosting and use of legacy LDR systems, how HDR video can be manipulated, including real-time mixing, the very latest designs for HDR displays, HDR video on mobile devices, and the applications of HDR video. With this book, the reader will gain an overview of the current state-of-the art of HDR video, learn the potential of HDR video to provide a step change to a wide range of imaging applications, and attain the knowledge needed to introduce HDR video in their own applications. Written by experts who have been actively researching High Dynamic Range Video Covers a full range of topics within the end-to-end HDR video pipeline Provides applications that demonstrate how HDR video can be applied
Learn Adobe After Effects CC for visual effects and motion graphics : Adobe Certified Associate exam preparation by
Motion graphics are no longer just for movie and television screens. You now see motion graphics anywhere there’s a moving image, including your desktop web browser, your smartphone, and on digital signage when you shop or travel. Creating motion graphics with Adobe After Effects can enhance your value as a creative professional.
Learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC for video communication : Adobe Certified Associate exam preparation by
Now that video is on practically every screen around us, working with video is an essential skill for a creative professional. Becoming proficient in Adobe Premiere Pro CC can help you deliver video for a wide range of projects, from web-friendly smartphone video to high-definition content for room-sized screens. Learn Adobe Premiere Pro CC by building cool creative projects that teach you how to:
· Develop a promotional video that includes a voiceover, a title, and a logo
· Combine an interview with secondary clips using slow-motion effects and rolling credits
· Create an action scene by editing multiple video formats and multicam video in the same timeline
· Make a weather report using green screen effects and animated graphics
· Build a video slide show quickly using a folder of still images and motion effects
· This study guide uses 8 hours of video integrated with text to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in video post-production. It lays the foundation for taking the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) certification exam and helps prepare you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
An introductory survey of the different art forms and design traditions of the Philippines aimed to promote awareness and appreciation of our artistic and design heritage both indigenous and influenced by other cultures including modern manifestations from the Colonial periods to the present.
Art Philippines : a history, 1521-present : painting, sculpture, printmaking, alternative art by 
Filipino tattoos : ancient to modern by
Tattooing is a very old and spiritually respected art form that has existed in many different cultures around the world. After many centuries of not being practiced in Europe, tattooing was re-introduced to the Western world through the inhabitants of the Pacific Ocean. Beginnning in the 16th century, European explorers came across many people who practiced tattooing as an integral part of their cultures. This is the first serious study of Filipino tattoos, and it considers early accounts from explorers and Spanish-speaking writers. The text presents Filipino cultural practices connected with ancestral and spiritual aspects of tattoo markings, and how they relate to the process and tools used to make the marks. In the Philippine Islands, tatoos were applied to men and women for many different reasons. It became a form of clothing. Certain designs recognized manhood and personal accomplishments as well as attractiveness, fertility, and continuity of the family or village. Facial tattoos occurred on the bravest warriors with names that denoted particular honor. Through the fascinating text and over 200 images, including color photographs and design drawings, the deep meanings and importance of these markings becomes apparent.
Philippine architecture during the pre-Spanish and Spanish periods by SIGLO 20 : a century of style and design in the Philippines by 
Weaving cultures : the invention of colonial art and culture in the Philippines 1565-1850 by
This book reads the emergence of a unique art and culture in the Philippines during the colonial era from the optic of communications theory and the emerging theoretical discourse from information design. It views colonial exchange not primarily as an exchange of cultural goods, tangible or intangible, but as a negotiation forged by the communication between sender and receiver. In such a process, the cultural good is ineluctably transformed. Because emerging new cultural expressions involve communication, both sender and receiver interact in the creation of a new culture. Communication becomes a leveler because either side in the cultural dialogue can fail, which can also be an opportunity to find something exotic, novel, and unexpected, or to create something completely new. These two meanings of "invention," as discovering and creating,weave in and out in the discourse of this book
Philippine cinema is distinct from best known as escapist entertainment, identified by a film’s approximation to genre, or stylistic norm. The course will screen several internationally acclaimed Filipino films made by renowned and awarded Filipino filmmakers.
Asian Pop Cinemad by
Asian Pop Cinema is the first full-colour guide to the wide-ranging films of Japan, Korea, China, Taiwan, the Philippines, Hong Kong, Southeast Asia, and India, served up with dozens of spectacular photographs, film stills, and movie posters. Presenting the major films, the people behind them, the key elements of each genre, and interviews with John Woo and others, Lee Server brings a unique breadth of knowledge to every page. From subversive camp to adrenalized crime thrillers, Asian Pop Cinema is a great read and exciting resource for both seasoned and uninitiated viewers.
Canuplin : at iba pang mga akda ng isang manggagawang pangkultura by 
Contemporary Asian Cinema by
Asia produces more films than any other part of the world. With chapters on Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Vietnam, Thailand, the Philippines, India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Korea, Mainland China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Japan, the book presents the most authoritative assessment of contemporary Asian cinema available. Each chapter describes the cultural aspects of popular film production, analyzing key films in the context of the national, the regional and the global. Topics covered include: film theory and Asian cinema, popular film genres, major industry figures, the "art film", connections between the state and commercial interests, cultural policies, representations of national identity, trends in international co-production, transnational and diasporic dimensions of Asian filmmaking and viewing, the politics of language choice, the impact of emerging technologies on filmmaking practice, and modes of exhibition. This book is ideal for students, scholars, and anyone interested in popular culture and Asian films in a changing world.
Geopolitics of the Visible by
An anthology of essays about Philippine cinema which seeks to illuminate issues of transparency of power and power relations. It lays bare the geopolitics of the visible in order to render the almost invisible working operation that makes both visibility and invisibility possible.
How to enjoy a film intelligently for value education by Inside Philippine movies, 1970-1990 : essays for students of Philippine cinema by 
Melodrama and Asian Cinema by
Cinema is a dominant force in the lives of many people living in Asia. A concept central to much of Asian film production is melodrama. This path-breaking study examines the importance of melodrama in the film traditions of Japan, India, China, Indonesia, the Philippines and Australia. Exploring the various ways that melodrama operates with theoretical sophistication, the various essays contained in this volume shed light on the different traditions of Asian cinema, as well as on the wider cultural discourse in which they participate.
One hundred acclaimed Tagalog movies : sineng mundo, best of Philippine cinema by 
Stars in World Cinema by
Deflecting the attention from Hollywood, Stars in World Cinema fills an important gap in the study of film by bringing together Star Studies and World Cinema. A team of international scholars here bring their expertise and in-depth knowledge of world cultures and cinema to the study of stars and stardom from six continents, exploring their cultures, their local history and their global relevance. Chapters look at the role of acting, music, singing, painting and martial arts in the making of stars from Australia's indigenous population, Austria, China, Egypt, France, Germany, Greece, India, Iran, Japan, North and South Korea, Nigeria, the Philippines, the former Soviet Union, Spain, North and South America. Since the very beginnings of cinema, actors and stars have been central to its history and have been one of the medium's defining characteristics. They have also been fundamental to the marketing of cinema and have played a major part in the reception of films in many cultures. Stars in World Cinema examines stardom and the circulation of stars across borders, analysing how local star systems or non-systems construct stardom around the world. Contributors put into practice their local knowledge of history, language and cultural systems, to consider issues of hybridity, boundary crossing, the mobility of stardom, and embodied spectatorship, in order to further the understanding of stars in light the of recent interest in reception theory. Rooted in a multidisciplinary and polycentric approach, this book throws light on unexpected connections between stars and stardoms from different parts of the world, cutting across chronology, geographies and film history.
The Urian Anthology, 2000-2009 by Philippine cinema is distinct from best known as escapist entertainment, identified by a film’s approximation to genre, or stylistic norm. The course will screen several internationally acclaimed Filipino films made by renowned and awarded Filipino filmmakers.
Dream Factories of a Former Colony by
Philippine cinema, the dream factory of the former U.S. colony, teems with American figures and plots. Local movies feature GIs seeking Filipina brides, cold war spies hunting down native warlords, and American-born Filipinos wandering in the parental homeland. The American landscape furnishes the settings for the triumphs and tragedies of Filipino nurses, GI babies, and migrant workers. By tracking American fantasies in Philippine movies from the postindependence period to the present, Jos(r) B. Capino offers an innovative account of cinema's cultural work in decolonization and globalization. Capino examines how a third world nation's daydreams both articulate empire and mobilize against it, provide imaginary maps and fables of identity for its migrant workers and diasporan subjects, pose challenges to the alibis of patriarchy and nationalism, and open up paths for participating in the cultures of globality. Through close readings of more than twenty Philippine movies, Capino demonstrates the postcolonial imagination's vital role in generating pragmatic and utopian visions of living with empire. Illuminating an important but understudied cinema, he creates a model for understanding the U.S. image in the third worl
Southeast Asia on screen : from independence to financial crisis (1945-1998) by
After the end of World War II when many Southeast Asian nations gained national independence, and up until the Asian Financial Crisis, film industries here had distinctive and colourful histories shaped by unique national and domestic conditions. Southeast Asia on Screen: From Independence to Financial Crisis (1945-1998) addresses the similar themes, histories, trends, technologies and sociopolitical events that have moulded the art and industry of film in this region, identifying the unique characteristics that continue to shape cinema, spectatorship and Southeast Asian filmmaking in the present and the future. Bringing together scholars across the region, chapters explore the conditions that have given rise to today's burgeoning Southeast Asian cinemas as well as the gaps that manifest as temporal belatedn
Production Fundamentals and Management
This course provides a pragmatic and comprehensive overview of the major elements involved in the creation, planning and management of a diverse range of short productions. The lessons aim to establish a firm foundation of business and management skills for specialized career training in the film industry. Emphasis will be placed on adapting the methods and practices of independent filmmakers in the Philippines to low-budget short student projects. The roles and skills of a film producer, production managers, etc. are examined, and the proper procedures for production management from project initiation to completion are analyzed in detail.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Scheduling and budgeting your film : a panic-free guide by
Scheduling and Budgeting Your Film: A Panic-Free Guideexplains the fundamentals of line producing in an easy-to-understand style, and the tips and techniques apply no matter what kind of scheduling or budgeting software you use. Author Paula Landry includes full examples of breakdown forms, organizing resources, distribution expenses, and hidden costs, and discusses how to set priorities and find industry and state tax incentives.
The SHORT! guide to producing : the practical essentials of producing short films by
In this book, Charles Merzbacher offers a concise, definitive guide to the essential skills, techniques and logistics of producing short films, focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios, veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process, from fundraising, preproduction and planning to the producer's role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website--available at theshortseries.com--offers document templates for contracts, call sheets, budgets and other production forms, as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals.
Understanding Design in Film Production by
Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget, but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning.In Understanding Design in Film Production, author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design, cinematography, lighting, and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story, even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers, set decorators, construction coordinators, cinematographers, costumers, and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft, it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does, how they think and plan, and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find, secure, and manage the best locations, how to create and dress a set, and how to make old look new and new look old--all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films. ts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.
Production Fundamentals and Management
This course provides a pragmatic and comprehensive overview of the major elements involved in the creation, planning and management of a diverse range of short productions. The lessons aim to establish a firm foundation of business and management skills for specialized career training in the film industry. Emphasis will be placed on adapting the methods and practices of independent filmmakers in the Philippines to low-budget short student projects. The roles and skills of a film producer, production managers, etc. are examined, and the proper procedures for production management from project initiation to completion are analyzed in detail.
Collaborative Production in the Creative Industries
"In recent years research into creative labour and cultural work has usually addressed the politics of production in these fields, but the sociotechnical and aesthetic dimensions of collaborative creative work have been somewhat overlooked. This book aims to address this gap. Through case studies that range from TV showrunning to independent publishing, from the film industry to social media platforms such as Tumblr and Wattpad, this collection develops a critical understanding of the integral role collaboration plays in contemporary media and culture. It draws attention to diverse kinds of creative collaboration afforded via the intermediation of digital platforms and networked publics. It considers how these are incorporated into emergent market paradigms and investigates the complicated forms of subjectivity that develop as a consequence. But it also acknowledges historical continuities, not least in terms of the continued exploitation of 'support personnel' and of resulting artistic conflicts but also of alternative models that resist the precarious nature of contemporary cultural work. Finally, this volume attempts to situate creative collaboration in broader social and economic contexts, where the experience and outcomes of such work have proved more problematic than the rich potential of their promise would lead us to expect."
Crowdsourcing for Filmmakers: indie film and the power of the crowd by
Whether you're a producer, screenwriter, filmmaker, or other creative, you probably have a project that needs constant exposure, or a product to promote. But how do you rise above the noise? In Crowdsourcing for Filmmakers: Indie Film and the Power of the Crowd, Richard Botto explains how to put crowdsourcing to use for your creative project, using social media, networking, branding, crowdfunding, and an understanding of your audience to build effective crowdsourcing campaigns, sourcing everything from film equipment to shooting locations. Botto covers all aspects of crowdsourcing: how to create the message of your brand, project, or initiative; how to mold, shape, and adjust it based on mass response; how to broadcast a message to a targeted group and engage those with similar likes, beliefs, or interests; and finally, how to cultivate those relationships to the point where the message is no longer put forth solely by you, but carried and broadcasted by those who have responded to it. Using a wealth of case studies and practical know-how based on his years of experience in the industry and as founder of Stage 32--the largest crowdsourced platform for film creatives--Richard Botto presents a comprehensive and hands-on guide to crowdsourcing creatively and expertly putting your audience to work on your behalf.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Film Production Management by
This new and updated fourth edition of Film Production Management provides a step-by-step guide on how to budget, organize, and successfully shoot a film and get it onto the big screen. Whether you are a film student or film production professional just getting started in the industry, this book is an indispensable resource for day-to-day business on the set. Written by veteran filmmaker Bastian Clevé, this book will teach you how to: Break down a screenplay Organize a shooting schedule Create a realistic budget Find and secure locations Network with agents to find actors Hire a crew and communicate effectively with unions The new edition features updated information on contracts, permits, and insurance; special tips for low-budget filmmaking; new information on digital workflows and production software; advice on green production practices; and expanded coverage of the role of the line producer.
How to Work the Film and TV Markets by
How to Work the Film & TV Markets takes independent filmmakers, television and digital content creators on a virtual tour of the entertainment industry's trade shows -- the circulatory system of the entire global media landscape. This book highlights the most significant annual events around the world, details a dossier of all the players that frequent them and examines all the elements that drive the market value and profitability of entertainment properties. In-the-trenches insights from our modern, real-world marketplace are contextualized into immediately implementable practical advice. Make the most of your finite investments of funds, time and creative energy to optimize your odds for success within the mainstream, business-to-business circuit but learn how to select, apply and scale prudent, proven principles to drive your own Do-It-Yourself/Direct-to-the-Consuming-Crowd fundraising, distribution and promotional success. Heather Hale demystifies these markets, making them less intimidating, less confusing and less overwhelming. She shows you how to navigate these events, making them far more accessible, productive -- and fun! This creative guide offers: An in-depth survey of the most significant film, TV and digital content trade shows around the world; An overview of the co-production market circuit that offers financing and development support to independent producers; An outline of the market-like festivals and key awards shows; A breakdown of who's who at all these events -- and how to network with them; Hot Tips on how to prepare for, execute and follow up on these prime opportunities; Low-budget key art samples and game plans; A social media speed tour with a wealth of audience engagement ideas. Visit the book's space on www.HeatherHale.com for additional resources and up-to-date information on all these events.
Investing in movies : strategies for investors and producers by
Investing in Movies: Strategies for Investors and Producers is a useful guide for investors and producers looking for an analytical framework to assess the opportunities and pitfalls of film investments. The book traces macroeconomic trends and the globalization of the business, as well as the impact these have on potential returns. It offers a broad range of guidelines on how to source interesting projects and advice on what kinds of projects to avoid, as well as numerous ways to maximize risk-adjusted returns. While focusing primarily on investments in independent films, industry veteran and author Joseph Cohen also provides valuable insights into the studio and independent slate deals that have been marketed to the institutional investment community. Features of this book include: A guide to the minefield of film investing for the potential investor, giving students and aspiring professionals an insider perspective; A detailed explanation of the risk and rewards inherent in the film business and how to evaluate projects; Thorough coverage of the cast of characters that populate the film space, and advice on building relationships to optimize opportunities.
Main Street movies : the history of local film in the United States by
"See yourself in the movies!" Prior to the advent of the home movie camera and the ubiquitousness of the camera phone, there was the local film. This cultural phenomenon, produced across the country from the 1890s to the 1950s, gave ordinary people a chance to be on the silver screen without leaving their hometowns. Through these movies, residents could see themselves in the same theaters where they saw major Hollywood motion pictures. Traveling filmmakers plied their trade in small towns and cities, where these films were received by locals as being part of the larger cinema experience. With access to the rare film clips under discussion, Main Street Movies documents the diversity and longevity of local film production and examines how itinerant filmmakers responded to industry changes to keep sponsors and audiences satisfied. From town pride films in the 1910s to Hollywood knockoffs in the 1930s, local films captured not just images of local people and places but also ideas about the function and meaning of cinema that continue to resonate today.
The Producer's Business Handbook by
Gain a comprehensive understanding of the business of entertainment and learn to successfully engage in all aspects of global production with the revised and updated 4th edition of The Producer's Business Handbook. Learn how to cultivate relationships with key industry players including domestic and foreign studios, agencies, attorneys, talent, completion guarantors, banks, and private investors. This edition has been updated to include the latest opportunities presented by changing technology and their impact on the producer's ability to brand, monetize, finance and globally release content. Also included is new information on audience, earning, distribution and funding opportunities created by the explosive growth of VR, AR, 360 and gaming, as well as the rapid conversion to OTT. Additional features include: Completely updated production financing worksheets - an essential tool for producers; Expanded information for low-budget independent producers, internationally-based producers, producers using government funding, and film school students alike; Coverage of China's changing entertainment landscape, including their entertainment consumption, their commitment to produce content for the big global territories, and more; New, full-color illustrations and graphics that provide a visual representation of complex topics.
Scheduling and budgeting your film : a panic-free guide by
Budgeting and scheduling are easy in principle but hard in practice. The successful producer has a solid plan for juggling dozens of activities and costs while retaining the flexibility to cope with those inevitable last-minute changes and stay on course. Preplanning the budget and schedule of any media project is absolutely essential, and the 2nd edition of Scheduling and Budgeting Your Film: A Panic-Free Guide shows you the intricacies of handling both budgeting and scheduling successfully. This new and updated edition explains the fundamentals of line producing in an easy-to-understand style, and includes tips and techniques that apply no matter what kind of scheduling or budgeting software you're using. Author Paula Landry includes detailed examples of breakdown forms, organizing resources, distribution expenses, and hidden costs, and discusses how to set realistic priorities and find industry and state tax incentives. The new edition also includes discussions of transmedia and multi-purpose shooting, special considerations for VR, 4K and 3D shooting, new web platforms and mobile technology, crowd funding, film festivals, and much more. Each chapter is filled with handy checklists, tips, practical advice, and anecdotes, showing how scheduling and budgeting are done in the real world; Principles apply to any type of media project: film, video, music video, projects hosted online, and corporate and educational videos; An accompanying eResources page offers downloadable forms and templates, and other essential resources.
The SHORT! guide to producing : the practical essentials of producing short films by
In this book, Charles Merzbacher offers a concise, definitive guide to the essential skills, techniques and logistics of producing short films, focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios, veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process, from fundraising, preproduction and planning to the producer's role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website--available at theshortseries.com--offers document templates for contracts, call sheets, budgets and other production forms, as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals.
Time predictions : understanding and avoiding unrealism in project planning and everyday life by
This book is published open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. Predicting the time needed to complete a project, task or daily activity can be difficult and people frequently underestimate how long an activity will take. This book sheds light on why and when this happens, what we should do to avoid it and how to give more realistic time predictions. It describes methods for predicting time usage in situations with high uncertainty, explains why two plus two is usually more than four in time prediction contexts, reports on research on time prediction biases, and summarizes the evidence in support of different time prediction methods and principles. Based on a comprehensive review of the research, it is the first book summarizing what we know about judgment-based time predictions. Large parts of the book are directed toward people wishing to achieve better time predictions in their professional life, such as project managers, graphic designers, architects, engineers, film producers, consultants, software developers, or anyone else in need of realistic time usage predictions. It is also of benefit to those with a general interest in judgment and decision-making or those who want to improve their ability to predict and plan ahead in daily life.
Turn to film : film in the business school by
Turn to Film: Film in the Business School offers creative and powerful uses of film in the business school classroom and surveys the pedagogical and performative value of watching films with students. This volume examines not only how film offers opportunities for learning and investigation, but also how they can be sources of ideological poison, self-delusion and mis-representation. Throughout the text, renowned contributors embrace film's power to embark on new adventures of thought by inventing images and signs, and by bringing novel concepts and fresh perspectives to the classroom. If film often reveals organizational dysfunctionality and absurdity, it also teaches us to understand the other, to see difference, and to accept experimentation. A wide spectra of films are examined for their pedagogical value in terms of what can be learned, explored and discussed by teaching with film and how film can be used as a tool of research and investigation. The book sees film in the classroom as an educational challenge wherein rich learning and personal development are encouraged.
Voices of labor : creativity, craft, and conflict in global Hollywood by
Motion pictures are made, not mass produced, requiring a remarkable collection of skills, self-discipline, and sociality--all of which are sources of enormous pride among Hollywood's craft and creative workers. The interviews collected here showcase the ingenuity, enthusiasm, and aesthetic pleasures that attract people to careers in the film and television industries. They also reflect critically on changes in the workplace brought about by corporate conglomeration and globalization. Rather than offer publicity-friendly anecdotes by marquee celebrities, Voices of Labor presents off-screen observations about the everyday realities of Global Hollywood. Ranging across job categories--from showrunner to make-up artist to location manager--this collection features voices of labor from Los Angeles, Atlanta, Prague, and Vancouver. Together they show how seemingly abstract concepts like conglomeration, financialization, and globalization are crucial tools for understanding contemporary Hollywood and for reflecting more generally on changes and challenges in the screen media workplace and our culture at large. Despite such formidable concerns, what nevertheless shines through is a commitment to craftwork and collaboration that provides the means to imagine and instigate future alternatives for screen media labor.
This 3-unit course opens the students’ eyes to the wide spectrum of the design professional world. This is where a student begins to choose vis-à-vis with their own strengths and interests which areas in the design practice they would like to specialize, whether in industrial, production, or fashion design.
Creative Arts Marketing by
Creative Arts Marketing third edition is a long-awaited update of a classic and influential text. A ground-breaking book when first published, it covers the core concepts of marketing and management as they apply to the arts and heritage industries with a depth that is still unrivalled. With an emphasis on global case studies, practical examples and discussion questions and an author team that draws from rich and varied experiences in the arts management sector, the book serves as a text for students as much as it is a practitioner's guide to industry best practice. Extensively revised to reflect the dramatic changes to this industry, this edition integrates organizational and management subject matter, reflecting the marketing function's deeper involvement in broad organizational issues. This fully updated and revised third edition features: Audience diversity and audience development The impact of digital technologies on the industry An exploration of the increasingly complex relationship between public and private funding for the arts Ethics and sustainability issues for arts marketers Cultural policy changes in the industry Including a brand new companion website, complete with materials for tutors and students for the first time, the return of this important text will be welcomed by students, tutors and professionals in the arts.
Design Culture by
Design culture foregrounds the relationships between the domains of design practice, design production and everyday life. Unlike design history and design studies, it is primarily concerned with contemporary design objects and the networks between the multiple actors engaged in their shaping, functioning and reproduction. It acknowledges the rise of design as both a key component and a key challenge of the modern world. Featuring an impressive range of international case studies, Design Culture interrogates what this emergent discipline is, its methodologies, its scope and its relationships with other fields of study. The volume's interdisciplinary approach brings fresh thinking to this fast-evolving field of study.
The fashion image : planning and producing fashion photographs and films by
Great fashion photography, at its best, reflects and shapes the era in which it is made. Whether you are a student, aspiring photographer, or working professional, building a fashion portfolio that aspires to this standard can be daunting. The Fashion Image will help you develop your style through practical advice for image makers. Beginning with a history of fashion photography, Thomas Werner offers advice on assembling your creative team, casting models, developing shoot concepts, and producing photographs and fashion film for editorial and advertising. Professional practice, including self-promotion, social media, set etiquette, and fashion in a global context are also discussed. This is 'how to' at the highest level, with interviews from working fashion photographers, magazine editors, producers, fashion designers, and more, with around 200 color photographs that illustrate the fashion image at its best. With an extensive list of international resources, including Instagram accounts and several assignments, this book is an essential guide for fashion photographers and film makers.
Graphic design school : a foundation course for graphic designers working in print, moving image and digital media by
This fully revised edition of Graphic Design School improves upon previous editions by providing a more fully developed introduction to the study of graphic design, firmly locating it within the professional activities it embraces. The book is organized into two main sections, 'principles' and 'practice'. The first section deals with the fundamentals of design, such as composition, hierarchy, layout, typography, grid structure, colour and so on. The second section puts these basics into practice, and gives information about studio techniques and production issues relevant to a number of different graphic design disciplines. The last part of the second section provides an overview of some of the different career choices open to students entering the graphic design field.
Iterate : ten lessons in design and failure by
How to confront, embrace, and learn from the unavoidable failures of creative practice; with case studies that range from winemaking to animation.Failure is an inevitable part of any creative practice. As game designers, John Sharp and Colleen Macklin have grappled with crises of creativity, false starts, and bad outcomes. Their tool for coping with the many varieties of failure- iteration, the cyclical process of conceptualizing, prototyping, testing, and evaluating. Sharp and Macklin have found that failure-often hidden, covered up, a source of embarrassment-is the secret ingredient of iterative creative process. In Iterate, they explain how to fail better. After laying out the four components of creative practice-intention, outcome, process, and evaluation-Sharp and Macklin describe iterative methods from a wide variety of fields. They show, for example, how Radiolab cohosts Jad Abumrad and Robert Krulwich experiment with radio as a storytelling medium; how professional skateboarder Amelia Br dka develops skateboarding tricks through trial and error; and how artistic polymath Miranda July explores human frailty through a variety of media and techniques. Whimsical illustrations tell parallel stories of iteration, as hard-working cartoon figures bake cupcakes, experiment with levitating office chairs, and think outside the box in toothbrush design ("let's add propellers!"). All, in their various ways, use iteration to transform failure into creative outcomes. With Iterate, Sharp and Macklin offer useful lessons for anyone interested in the creative process. Case Studies- Allison Tauziet, winemaker; Matthew Maloney, animator; Jad Abumrad and Robert Krulwich, Radiolab cohosts; Wylie Dufresne, chef; Nathalie Pozzi, architect, and Eric Zimmerman, game designer; Andy Milne, jazz musician; Amelia Br dka, skateboarder; Baratunde Thurston, comedian; Cas Holman, toy designer; Miranda July, writer and filmmaker
Notes on design : how creative practice works by
The enjoyable essays in this book provide a panoramic view of design. They are written to encourage designers and students to reflect upon their field. Fundamental questions are raised about the nature of design, about designers themselves, and about the role of design within the broader contexts of business and society.
Paper : material, medium and magic by
Wide-ranging and multi-faceted this intriguing and beautifully produced book will change the way you relate to paper in an increasingly "paperless" society. While sheets of paper are disappearing from our homes and offices, the medium is experiencing a renaissance in the worlds of art, design, and architecture. Suddenly, paper is everywhere--but not only in the old familiar places or forms. This fascinating book looks at every aspect of paper: its history, composition, production, application, and trade. Beginning with the anatomy of paper and its earliest forms, this book looks at paper as a symbol of political and economic importance and as a carrier of ideas, from literature to art, design, and music. It looks at the different surfaces, opacities, weights and volumes of paper and how it is used for printing, typography, graphics, and maps as well as a vehicle for origami, architecture, and fashion. Sumptuously illustrated with photographs and drawings, this book includes a variety of papers for readers to examine and feel, highlighting the sensual aspects of this seemingly ordinary product. Engaging, entertaining, and informative, this book contains a wealth of useful and surprising information on every printed, colored, and textured page.
Plan and Play, Play and Plan by
"Visual artist" is a term with manifold variations and meanings. But how, as an artist (or designer, photographer or other "independent creator"), do you become who you are and who you would like to be? How can you guide your artistic practice? Plan and Play, Play and Plan invites the artist to explore their own questions about their work, using analytical models to help them determine where they stand and what they stand for. The author Janwillem Schrofer was director of Amsterdam's Rijksakademie from 1982 to 2010, and thus knows from practical experience the complexity of the artist's dilemmas and how important self-reflection is for artistic practice. Looking back over his pedagogical experience and assembling notes and pointers gathered from interviews with a wide variety of artists, Schrofer has developed an appealing guidebook intended for artists and those who wish to become artists.
Teaching design : a guide to curriculum and pedagogy for college design faculty and teachers who use design in their classrooms by
An Expertly Written Guidebook to Teaching Design at All Levels Teaching Design provides a practical foundation for teaching about and through design. The exploding interest in design and design thinking calls for qualified faculty members who are well prepared for a variety of institutional settings and content areas. While designers know their disciplines, they frequently lack experience in constructing responsive curricula and pedagogies for rapidly evolving professions. And while K-12 educators are trained for the classroom, their ability to transform teaching and learning through design is limited by a shortfall in professional literature. Davis's extensive experience in education offers a detailed path for the development of curricula. The book addresses writing objectives and learning outcomes that succeed in the counting-and-measuring culture of institutions but also meet the demands of a twenty-first-century education. An inventory of pedagogical strategies suggests approaches to learning that serve both college professors and K-12 teachers who want to actively engage students in critical and creative thinking. Sections on assessment make the case for performance-based activities that provide credible evidence of student learning. Davis also discusses the nature of contemporary problems and teaching strategies that are well matched to growing complexity, rapid technological change, and increased demand for interdisciplinary engagement. Examples in Teaching Design span the design disciplines and draw on Davis's experience in teaching seminars for college faculty, graduate courses for design students seeking academic careers, and workshops for K-12 teachers converting their classrooms into centers for innovation.
This 3-unit course opens the students’ eyes to the wide spectrum of the design professional world. This is where a student begins to choose vis-à-vis with their own strengths and interests which areas in the design practice they would like to specialize, whether in industrial, production, or fashion design.
Art and Design Education in Times of Change by
It has always been the case that the teaching of art has had to deal with social changes. We are currently facing historic challenges and phenomena which we could never have imagined - the global financial crisis, the massive migration flows, and the ubiquitous spread of new technologies in our everyday life. Creative competence is needed for overcoming the disciplinary boundaries and in order to make equal opportunities for education possible in a diverse society. This publication takes a critical look at the role of art and design education amidst these social changes - using theoretical reflection, practical experience, and empirical analysis.
Design for how people think : using brain science to build better products by
User experience doesn't happen on a screen; it happens in the mind, and the experience is multidimensional and multisensory. This practical book will help you uncover critical insights about how your customers think so you can create products or services with an exceptional experience. Corporate leaders, marketers, product owners, and designers will learn how cognitive processes from different brain regions form what we perceive as a singular experience. Author John Whalen shows you how anyone on your team can conduct "contextual interviews" to unlock insights. You'll then learn how to apply that knowledge to design brilliant experiences for your customers.
Not at Your Service : Manifestos for Design by
Not at Your Service: Manifestos for Design bündelt die unterschiedlichsten Facetten an Überzeugungen, Themen und Praxen von Designerinnen und Designern an der Zürcher Hochschule der Künste. Die Publikation bietet vielfältige Antworten auf die Frage, was Design heute sein und bewirken kann. Kollaboratives Design, Interaktion in komplexen Systemen, die Ökonomie der Aufmerksamkeit, Ökologischer Wandel, Visual Literacy, geschlechterneutrales Design, die schmutzige Praxis der Designethnografie, soziale Verantwortung, der Wert von Hässlichkeit, Death Futures, immersive Technologien, Identität und Krise, Design als Transformationsdisziplin - all dies sind Themen, die in diesem Lesebuch mit Leidenschaft, persönlicher Überzeugung und professioneller Expertise zur Debatte gestellt werden.
Presto sketching : the magic of simple drawing for brilliant product thinking and design by
"Do you feel like your thoughts, ideas, and plans are being suffocated by a constant onslaught of information? Do you want to get those great ideas out of your head, onto the whiteboard and into everyone else's heads, but find it hard to start? No matter what level of sketching you think you have, Presto Sketching will help you lift your game in visual thinking and visual communication. In this practical workbook, Ben Crothers provides loads of tips, templates, and exercises that help you develop your visual vocabulary and sketching skills to clearly express and communicate your ideas. Learn techniques like product sketching, storyboarding, journey mapping, and conceptual illustration. Dive into how to use a visual metaphor (with a library of 101 visual metaphors), as well as tips for capturing and sharing your sketches digitally, and developing your own style. Designers, product managers, trainers, and entrepreneurs will learn better ways to explore problems, explain concepts, and come up with well-defined ideas--and have fun doing it"-- Source other than Library of Congress
Teaching Primary Art and Design by
Trainee and beginning teachers often find it hard to plan for and teach good art lessons as there is little guidance on subject knowledge and outstanding practice.This key text will provide primary trainee teachers with subject knowledge, expert advice and guidance along with practical solutions that are necessary to offer children the best possible experiences in art, craft and design, to ensure that they have access to a broad and balanced curriculum. Through guidance and support it will enable them to develop an understanding of the principles and values that underpin high standards and high expectations, and show good progress in the subject.
This course is an introduction to the art and craft of writing for the short film. A range of possible literary pieces will be presented and discussed: novels, graphic novels, works of non-fiction, short stories, etc. Through reading works and films adapted from them, students will have a better understanding of the tools and the dictates of film writing.
Alternative Scriptwriting by
Learn the rules of scriptwriting, and then how to successfully break them! Unlike other screenwriting books, this unique guide pushes you to challenge yourself and break free of tired, formulaic writing--bending or breaking the rules of storytelling as we know them. Like the best-selling previous editions, seasoned authors Dancyger and Rush explore alternative approaches to the traditional three-act story structure, going beyond teaching you "how to tell a story" by teaching you how to write against conventional formulas to produce original, exciting material. The pages are filled with an international range of contemporary and classic cinema examples to inspire and instruct.　 New to this edition: New chapter on the newly popular genres of feature documentary, long-form television serials, non-linear stories, satire, fable, and docudrama New chapter on multiple-threaded long form, serial television scripts New chapter on genre and a new chapter on how genre's very form is flexible to a narrative New chapter on character development New case studies, including an in-depth case study of the dark side of the fable, focusing on The Wizard of Oz and Pan's Labyrinth
Alternative scriptwriting : successfully breaking the rules by
Alternative Scriptwriting 4E is an insightful and inspiring book on screenwriting concerned with challenging you to take creative risks with genre, tone, character, and structure. Concerned with exploring alternative approaches beyond the traditional three-act structure, Alternative Scriptwriting first defines conventional approach, suggests alternatives, then provides case studies. These contemporary examples and case studies demonstrate what works, what doesn't, and why. Because the film industry as well as the public demand greater and greater creativity, one must go beyond the traditional three-act restorative and predictable plot to test your limits and break new creative ground. Rather than teaching writing in a tired formulaic manner, this book elevates the subject and provides inspiration to reach new creative heights.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Scriptwriting for the Screen by
'If I was setting out as a screenwriter, this is the book I would read first and keep by me'- Melanie Harris, Producer, Crosslab Productions 'An excellent resource for students and teachers alike'- In the Picture '...a valuable addition to every screenwriting bookshelf' - Screentalk 'This is one of the best guides to help screenwriters think visually that I have ever read' - Creative Screenwriting 'The inventive exercises in Scriptwriting for the Screen give it the potential for revitalizing the experience of even experienced scriptwriters' - ' Scope' Online Journal of Film Studies Scriptwriting for the Screen is an accessible guide to writing for film and television. It details the first principles of screenwriting and advises on the best way to identify and formulate a story and develop ideas in order to build a vivid, animated and entertaining script. Scriptwriting for the Screen introduces the reader to essential skills needed to write effective drama. This edition has been updated to include new examples and an entirely new chapter on adaptation. There are examples of scripts from a wide range of films and television dramas such as Heroes, Brokeback Mountain, Coronation Street, The English Patient, Shooting The Past, Spaced, Our Friends In the North and American Beauty. Scriptwriting for the Screen includes: advice on how to visualise action and translate this into energetic writing how to dramatise writing, use metaphor and deepen meaning tips on how to determine the appropriate level of characterisation for different types of drama practical exercises and examples which help develop technique and style a section on how to trouble-shoot and sharpen dialogue a guide to further reading
Scriptwriting for Web Series by
Scriptwriting for Web Series: Writing for the Digital Age offers aspiring writers a comprehensive how-to guide to scriptwriting for web series in the digital age. Containing in-depth advice on writing both short- and long-form webisodes as part of a series, as well as standalone pieces, it goes beyond the screenwriting process to discuss production, promotion and copyright in order to offer a well-rounded guide to creating and distributing a successful web series. Written in a friendly, readable and jargon-free style by an experienced scriptwriting professor and two award-winning web series creators, it offers invaluable professional insights, as well as examples from successful series, sample scripts and interviews with key series creators, writers and industry professionals.
Write to shoot : writing short films for production by
Write to Shootteaches budding screenwriters and screenwriting filmmakers how to write a short script with production in mind. Beker instructs them how to showcase their strengths, tailor projects to shoestring budgets, resources, and practical production parameters without sacrificing the quality and punch of their screenplays, whether they're creating a sizzle short for an unproduced feature script, an independent creative work, or a soapbox to promote a cause. Write to Shoot: Writing Short Films for Productionis a must-have guide for anyone who wants to be sure there will be no surprises on set that come from a script that's not ready for production.
Writing for Visual Media by
This updated edition of Writing for Visual Media will enable you to understand the nature of visual writing that lies behind the content of all visual media. This unique kind of writing must communicate to audiences through content producers, since audiences don't read the script. Most media content provides a solution to a communication problem, which the writer must learn to analyze and solve before writing the script. The Fourth Edition strengthens the method for creating content and writing in the correct language and established format for each visual medium, including commercial communication such as ads and PSAs, corporate communications, and training. An extended investigation into dramatic theory and how entertainment narrative works is illustrated by examples and detailed analysis of scenes, scripts and storylines, designed to save writers from typical pitfalls and releasing your creative powers of invention. Writing for Visual Media will help you to develop an improved foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content, while gaining the tools to effectively connect with your audience like a professional. Purchase of this book includes access to the companion website, which provides: Sample scripts and video clips of those produced scripts An interactive glossary of camera shots, movements, and transitions Storyboards, scripts, screenplays, and links to industry resource Instructor materials such as PowerPoint lecture slides, a sample syllabus, and a test bank. Visit the site at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415815857
This course is an introduction to the art and craft of writing for the short film. A range of possible literary pieces will be presented and discussed: novels, graphic novels, works of non-fiction, short stories, etc. Through reading works and films adapted from them, students will have a better understanding of the tools and the dictates of film writing.
Alternative Scriptwriting by
Learn the rules of scriptwriting, and then how to successfully break them.Unlike other screenwriting books, this unique guide pushes you to challenge yourself and break free of tired, formulaic writing--bending or breaking the rules of storytelling as we know them. Like the best-selling previous editions, seasoned authors Dancyger and Rush explore alternative approaches to the traditional three-act story structure, going beyond teaching you "how to tell a story" by teaching you how to write against conventional formulas to produce original, exciting material. The pages are filled with an international range of contemporary and classic cinema examples to inspire and instruct. New to this edition. New chapter on the newly popular genres of feature documentary, long-form television serials, non-linear stories, satire, fable, and docudrama. New chapter on multiple-threaded long form, serial television scripts. New chapter on genre and a new chapter on how genre's very form is flexible to a narrative. New chapter on character development. New case studies, including an in-depth case study of the dark side of the fable, focusing on The Wizard of Oz and Pan's Labyrinth.
Alternative scriptwriting : successfully breaking the rules by
Alternative Scriptwriting 4E is an insightful and inspiring book on screenwriting concerned with challenging you to take creative risks with genre, tone, character, and structure. Concerned with exploring alternative approaches beyond the traditional three-act structure, Alternative Scriptwriting first defines conventional approach, suggests alternatives, then provides case studies. These contemporary examples and case studies demonstrate what works, what doesn't, and why. Because the film industry as well as the public demand greater and greater creativity, one must go beyond the traditional three-act restorative and predictable plot to test your limits and break new creative ground. Rather than teaching writing in a tired formulaic manner, this book elevates the subject and provides inspiration to reach new creative heights.
Digital storytelling : the narrative power of visual effects in film by
How digital visual effects in film can be used to support storytelling: a guide for scriptwriters and students. Computer-generated effects are often blamed for bad Hollywood movies. Yet when a critic complains that "technology swamps storytelling" (in a review of Van Helsing, calling it "an example of everything that is wrong with Hollywood computer-generated effects movies"), it says more about the weakness of the story than the strength of the technology. In Digital Storytelling, Shilo McClean shows how digital visual effects can be a tool of storytelling in film, adding narrative power as do sound, color, and "experimental" camera angles--other innovative film technologies that were once criticized for being distractions from the story. It is time, she says, to rethink the function of digital visual effects. Effects artists say--contrary to the critics--that effects always derive from story. Digital effects are a part of production, not post-production; they are becoming part of the story development process. Digital Storytelling is grounded in filmmaking, the scriptwriting process in particular. McClean considers crucial questions about digital visual effects--whether they undermine classical storytelling structure, if they always call attention to themselves, whether their use is limited to certain genres--and looks at contemporary films (including a chapter-long analysis of Steven Spielberg's use of computer-generated effects) and contemporary film theory to find the answers. McClean argues that to consider digital visual effects as simply contributing the "wow" factor underestimates them. They are, she writes, the legitimate inheritors of film storycraft.
Write to shoot : writing short films for production by
Write to Shootteaches budding screenwriters and screenwriting filmmakers how to write a short script with production in mind. Beker instructs them how to showcase their strengths, tailor projects to shoestring budgets, resources, and practical production parameters without sacrificing the quality and punch of their screenplays, whether they're creating a sizzle short for an unproduced feature script, an independent creative work, or a soapbox to promote a cause. Write to Shoot: Writing Short Films for Productionis a must-have guide for anyone who wants to be sure there will be no surprises on set that come from a script that's not ready for production.
Writing for Visual Media by
This book looks at the fundamental problems a writer faces as a beginner learning to create content for media that is to be seen rather than read. It takes you from basic concepts to a first level of practice through explicit methods that train you to consistently identify a communications problem, think it through, and find a resolution before beginning to write. Through successive exercises, Writing for Visual Media helps you acquire the basic skills and confidence you need to write effective films, corporate and training videos, documentaries, ads, PSAs, TV series, and other types of visual narrative. A new chapter looks at adaptation as a specific script writing problem. Writing for Visual Media also lays a foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content with new chapters that cover writing for the web, interactive corporate communication, instructional media, and video games. This book will make you aware of current electronic writing tools and scriptwriting software through a companion DVD, which offers links to demos and enriches the content of the printed book with video, audio, and sample scripts. Scripts are linked to video clips that are the produced result of the words on a script page. The DVD demonstrates the visual language of scriptwriting (shots, basic camera movement, transitions, etc.) discussed in the book by means of an interactive, illustrated glossary (video and stills) of terms and concepts.
Scriptwriting 2 (Original Screenplay)
This course is a follow-on course in the art and craft of writing for the short film. With the skills learned during SCRIPT1, the student will be challenged to develop an original narrative screenplay in a workshop environment. Students will be guided in conceptualizing a storyline, developing the plot and creating a cohesive screenplay from this.
Alternative Scriptwriting by
Learn the rules of scriptwriting, and then how to successfully break them! Unlike other screenwriting books, this unique guide pushes you to challenge yourself and break free of tired, formulaic writing--bending or breaking the rules of storytelling as we know them. Like the best-selling previous editions, seasoned authors Dancyger and Rush explore alternative approaches to the traditional three-act story structure, going beyond teaching you "how to tell a story" by teaching you how to write against conventional formulas to produce original, exciting material. The pages are filled with an international range of contemporary and classic cinema examples to inspire and instruct.　 New to this edition: New chapter on the newly popular genres of feature documentary, long-form television serials, non-linear stories, satire, fable, and docudrama New chapter on multiple-threaded long form, serial television scripts New chapter on genre and a new chapter on how genre's very form is flexible to a narrative New chapter on character development New case studies, including an in-depth case study of the dark side of the fable, focusing on The Wizard of Oz and Pan's Labyrinth
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Scriptwriting for Web Series by
Scriptwriting for Web Series: Writing for the Digital Age offers aspiring writers a comprehensive how-to guide to scriptwriting for web series in the digital age. Containing in-depth advice on writing both short- and long-form webisodes as part of a series, as well as standalone pieces, it goes beyond the screenwriting process to discuss production, promotion and copyright in order to offer a well-rounded guide to creating and distributing a successful web series. Written in a friendly, readable and jargon-free style by an experienced scriptwriting professor and two award-winning web series creators, it offers invaluable professional insights, as well as examples from successful series, sample scripts and interviews with key series creators, writers and industry professionals.
Scriptwriting updated : new and conventional ways of writing for the screen by
Script writing has changed in the past years and this book shows today's scriptwriter how to write with the new strucutures of flash backs, parallel storytelling and multiple protagonists. "The traditional and new narrative structures are carefully explained and cross referenced. There is arange of helpful analytical aids like charts, quick reference guides and structural breakdowns. Special script development strategies help with plotting. There are highly effective concentration techniques for countering cliche and a wide variety of ways to trigger ideas." - back cover.
Trip to Quiapo : scriptwriting manual by
Ricky Lee shared the lessons he learned from years of scriptwriting.
Writing for Visual Media by
This updated edition of Writing for Visual Media will enable you to understand the nature of visual writing that lies behind the content of all visual media. This unique kind of writing must communicate to audiences through content producers, since audiences don't read the script. Most media content provides a solution to a communication problem, which the writer must learn to analyze and solve before writing the script. The Fourth Edition strengthens the method for creating content and writing in the correct language and established format for each visual medium, including commercial communication such as ads and PSAs, corporate communications, and training. An extended investigation into dramatic theory and how entertainment narrative works is illustrated by examples and detailed analysis of scenes, scripts and storylines, designed to save writers from typical pitfalls and releasing your creative powers of invention. Writing for Visual Media will help you to develop an improved foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content, while gaining the tools to effectively connect with your audience like a professional. Purchase of this book includes access to the companion website, which provides: Sample scripts and video clips of those produced scripts An interactive glossary of camera shots, movements, and transitions Storyboards, scripts, screenplays, and links to industry resource Instructor materials such as PowerPoint lecture slides, a sample syllabus, and a test bank. Visit the site at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415815857
Writing the comedy pilot script : a step-by-step guide to creating an original TV series by
"Navigating through the challenging process of writing a comedy pilot, this book will help screenwriters to create an original script for television. Seasoned TV writer Manny Basanese defines the elements of a strong comedy pilot and provides perspectives from current TV sitcom pros as well as emerging new comedy voices. Practical and accessible, the book presents a step-by-step process and focuses on the key elements of writing a comedy pilot. Incorporating both the history of TV comedy as well as its current evolving state in this age of the dramedy and an ever-increasing variety of broadcast and streaming platforms, the book will serve as a guide for the fledgling sitcom scribe. Author Basanese breaks down the comedy pilot writing process from what may be perceived as an overwhelming, time-consuming mission into a series of much more manageable, smaller steps (from logline to outline to first, second and polished draft.) Utilizing his experience in Hollywood's sitcom trenches, the author offers real-world advice on such topics as building the comedy pilot "world," creating memorable comic characters, sound sitcom structure, and the importance of crafting an emotional through line in a comedy pilot. Finally, there is also a practical career guidance for marketing this just completed script and breaking into the industry with advice on various topics such as the value of networking as well as gaining representation in the competitive Hollywood jungle. Ideal for students of screenwriting and aspiring comedy screenwriters"-- Provided by publisher.
Scriptwriting 2 (Original Screenplay)
This course is a follow-on course in the art and craft of writing for the short film. With the skills learned during SCRIPT1, the student will be challenged to develop an original narrative screenplay in a workshop environment. Students will be guided in conceptualizing a storyline, developing the plot and creating a cohesive screenplay from this.
Alternative Scriptwriting by
Learn the rules of scriptwriting, and then how to successfully break them.Unlike other screenwriting books, this unique guide pushes you to challenge yourself and break free of tired, formulaic writing--bending or breaking the rules of storytelling as we know them. Like the best-selling previous editions, seasoned authors Dancyger and Rush explore alternative approaches to the traditional three-act story structure, going beyond teaching you "how to tell a story" by teaching you how to write against conventional formulas to produce original, exciting material. The pages are filled with an international range of contemporary and classic cinema examples to inspire and instruct. New to this edition. New chapter on the newly popular genres of feature documentary, long-form television serials, non-linear stories, satire, fable, and docudrama. New chapter on multiple-threaded long form, serial television scripts. New chapter on genre and a new chapter on how genre's very form is flexible to a narrative. New chapter on character development. New case studies, including an in-depth case study of the dark side of the fable, focusing on The Wizard of Oz and Pan's Labyrinth.
Writing for Visual Media by
This updated edition of Writing for Visual Media will enable you to understand the nature of visual writing that lies behind the content of all visual media. This unique kind of writing must communicate to audiences through content producers, since audiences don't read the script. Most media content provides a solution to a communication problem, which the writer must learn to analyze and solve before writing the script. The Fourth Edition strengthens the method for creating content and writing in the correct language and established format for each visual medium, including commercial communication such as ads and PSAs, corporate communications, and training. An extended investigation into dramatic theory and how entertainment narrative works is illustrated by examples and detailed analysis of scenes, scripts and storylines, designed to save writers from typical pitfalls and releasing your creative powers of invention. Writing for Visual Media will help you to develop an improved foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content, while gaining the tools to effectively connect with your audience like a professional. Purchase of this book includes access to the companion website, which provides: Sample scripts and video clips of those produced scripts An interactive glossary of camera shots, movements, and transitions Storyboards, scripts, screenplays, and links to industry resource Instructor materials such as PowerPoint lecture slides, a sample syllabus, and a test bank. Visit the site at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415815857
The SOUND DESIGN course is the first building block in the move to professionalize the way students think about, and work with, audio. It introduces recording and editing techniques on a non-linear system (digital workstations). It will introduce as well the basic concepts of sound, acoustics, the different equipment one uses to capture audio, and the sound design process and then apply all this learning to simple projects that bring together both visual art and sound art.
The Art of Short Form Content by
The Art of Short Form Content: From Concept to Color Correction is an in-depth examination of the craft of creating short form filmic content - a category which includes television commercials, music videos, television promos, movie trailers, digital billboards, corporate videos, and pretty much anything else with a running time under five minutes. Though short form is an important part of the film industry, it is typically overlooked in books on the art of filmmaking. The Art of Short Form Content fills this industry void by answering the type of questions that working short form content creators deal with every day. As Cook explains, though short form content is limited in duration, it is not limited in quality and message. In this step-by-step, full-color guide you will find: * Interviews with leading short form content creators * Details on how to create everything from a corporate piece to a Super Bowl spot * Strategies for how to quickly attract viewer attention to your content * Extensive information on how to best utilize the craft of film-making in an advertising context * A comprehensive companion website that can be found at www.focalpress.com/cw/cook
Documentary Media by
In a digital moment where both the democratizing and totalitarian possibilities of media are unprecedented, the need for complex, ethical, and imaginative documentary media--for you, the reader of this book to think, question, and create--is vital. Whether you are an aspiring or seasoned practitioner, an activist or community leader, a student or scholar, or simply a curious audience member, author Broderick Fox opens up documentary media, its changing forms, and diversifying social functions to readers in a manner that is at once rigorous, absorbing, and practical. This new edition updates and further explores the various histories, ideas, and cultural debates that surround and shape documentary practice today. Each chapter engages readers by challenging traditional assumptions, posing critical and creative questions, and offering up innovative historical and contemporary examples. Additionally, each chapter closes with an "Into Practice" section that provides analysis and development exercises and hands-on projects that will assist you in generating a full project prospectus, promotional trailer, and web presence for your own documentary.
Film Production Technique by
FILM PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE (FPT): CREATING THE ACCOMPLISHED IMAGE, 6e, is aimed at the basic production course taken by radio/tv/film majors. FPT, 6e, delivers a technical and aesthetic introduction to media production that couples video production techniques with strong emphasis on incorporating motion picture film into a project's workflow. The text serves as a primer for all students, but is especially valuable to those students with limited background in the field of media production. FPT, 6e explores cutting-edge technologies as well as traditional Hollywood techniques, covering lighting, cameras, editing, crew organization, and the production process. It also lays out the basic, conventional approach to scene structure in a straightforward and methodical manner.
Sound design theory and practice : working with sound by
Sound Design Theory and Practiceis a comprehensive and accessible guide to the concepts which underpin the creative decisions that inform the creation of sound design. A fundamental problem facing anyone wishing to practice, study, teach or research about sound is the lack of a theoretical language to describe the way sound is used and a comprehensive and rigorous overarching framework that describes all forms of sound. With the recent growth of interest in sound studies, there is an urgent need to provide scholarly resources that can be used to inform both the practice and analysis of sound. Using a range of examples from classic and contemporary cinema, television and games this book provides a thorough theoretical foundation for the artistic practice of sound design, which is too frequently seen as a 'technical' or secondary part of the production process. Engaging with practices in film, television and other digital media, Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars. >Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars.
Talking pictures : how to watch movies by
A veteran film critic offers a lively, opinionated guide to thinking and talking about movies -- from Casablanca to Clueless Whether we are trying to impress a date after an art house film screening or discussing Oscar nominations among friends, we all need ways to look at and talk about movies. But with so much variety between an Alfred Hitchcock thriller and a Nora Ephron romantic comedy, how can everyday viewers determine what makes a good movie? In Talking Pictures, veteran film critic Ann Hornaday walks us through the production of a typical movie -- from script and casting to final sound edit -- and explains how to evaluate each piece of the process. How do we know if a film has been well-written, above and beyond snappy dialogue? What constitutes a great screen performance? What goes into praiseworthy cinematography, editing, and sound design? And what does a director really do? In a new epilogue, Hornaday addresses important questions of representation in film and the industry and how this can, and should, effect a movie-watching experience. Full of engaging anecdotes and interviews with actors and filmmakers, Talking Pictures will help us see movies in a whole new light-not just as fans, but as film critics in our own right.
Terminator Genisys by
Go behind the scenes of one of the most anticipated movies of 2015 with The Art and Making of Terminator Genisys. Capturing the complete creative journey behind the making of the film, the book will also look at the daunting challenges that the team faced in creating a new installment in one of the best-loved sci-fi sagas in cinema history. The Art and Making of Terminator Genisys will make extensive use of concept art and unit photography from the production, balancing an in-depth and satisfying narrative with a striking visual account of the making of the film. The Art and Making of Terminator Genisys will also feature interviews with key cast and crew members plus a wealth of inserts and removable items, such as script pages, pieces of concept art, notes from the set, and other pieces of ephemera that further enhance the reading experience.
The SOUND DESIGN course is the first building block in the move to professionalize the way students think about, and work with, audio. It introduces recording and editing techniques on a non-linear system (digital workstations). It will introduce as well the basic concepts of sound, acoustics, the different equipment one uses to capture audio, and the sound design process and then apply all this learning to simple projects that bring together both visual art and sound art.
97 Things Every UX Practitioner Should Know by
Tap into the wisdom of experts to learn what every UX practitioner needs to know. With 97 short and extremely useful tips, you'll discover new approaches to old problems, pick up road-tested best practices, and hone your skills through sound advice. Working in UX involves much more than just creating user interfaces. UX teams struggle with understanding what's important, which practices they should know deeply, or what approaches aren't helpful at all. With these 97 concise tips, editor Daniel Berlin presents a wealth of advice and knowledge from experts who have practiced UX throughout their careers. "Bring Themes, Not Interview Questions to Exploratory Research"--Shanti Kanhai "Design for Content First"--Marli Mesibov "Design for Universal Usability"--Ann Chadwick-Dias "Be Wrong on Purpose"--Skyler Taylor "A Diverse Participant Recruit Is Critical to Authentic User Research"--Megan Campos "Put On Your InfoSec Hat to Improve Your Designs"--Julie Meridian "Boost Your Emotional Intelligence to Move from Good UX to Great"--Priyama Barua.
The Art of Short Form Content by
The Art of Short Form Content: From Concept to Color Correction is an in-depth examination of the craft of creating short form filmic content - a category which includes television commercials, music videos, television promos, movie trailers, digital billboards, corporate videos, and pretty much anything else with a running time under five minutes. Though short form is an important part of the film industry, it is typically overlooked in books on the art of filmmaking. The Art of Short Form Content fills this industry void by answering the type of questions that working short form content creators deal with every day. As Cook explains, though short form content is limited in duration, it is not limited in quality and message. In this step-by-step, full-color guide you will find: * Interviews with leading short form content creators * Details on how to create everything from a corporate piece to a Super Bowl spot * Strategies for how to quickly attract viewer attention to your content * Extensive information on how to best utilize the craft of film-making in an advertising context * A comprehensive companion website that can be found at www.focalpress.com/cw/cook
Directing Single Camera Drama by
Directing drama for the single camera is like no other form of Filmmaking, or any other medium involving actors. Experience in documentary or theatre may provide useful clues, but the techniques for drama film directors, although not basically complicated, are unique. Experienced directors in other spheres of directing will find this book invaluable if they wish to move into single camera drama, as will students setting out on their careers. Directing Single Camera Drama is a synthesis of the skills required to bring drama to the screen. Directing drama for the single camera is like no other form of Filmmaking, or any other medium involving actors. Experience in documentary or theatre may provide useful clues, but the techniques for drama film directors, although not basically complicated, are unique. Experienced directors in other spheres of directing will find this book invaluable if they wish to move into single camera drama, as will students setting out on their careers. Directing Single Camera Drama is a synthesis of the skills required to bring drama to the screen. A unique feature of the book is the inclusion of ten short film drama scripts which need only half a day's rehearsal and one short day's filming. Each have their various technical demands, and they are arranged in ascending order of dramatic and creative difficulty. They can be photocopied and used for non-broadcast training drama exercises. Mike Crisp worked as Production Manager, and later Director, on many classic BBC TV series, such as Fawlty Towers, Porridge and Steptoe and Son. He was, for 10 years, a senior producer with the BBC's TV Training Department. He is the author of The Practical Director now in its second edition and also published by Focal Press. Reviews: 'Directors in other spheres of directing who wish to move into single camera drama will find this book invaluable, as will students setting out on their careers.' Voice of the Listener
Documentary Voice and Vision by
Learn the creative and technical essentials of documentary filmmaking with Documentary Voice & Vision. This comprehensive work combines clear, up-to-date technical information, production techniques and gear descriptions with an understanding of how technical choices can create meaning and serve a director's creative vision. Drawing on the authors' years of experience as documentary filmmakers, and on interviews with a range of working professionals in the field, the book offers concrete and thoughtful guidance through all stages of production, from finding and researching ideas to production, editing and distribution. Documentary Voice & Vision will help students and aspiring filmmakers think though research and story structure, ethics, legal issues and aesthetics, as well as techniques from camera handling to lighting, sound recording and editing. The book explores a full range of production styles, from expository to impressionistic to observational, and provides an overview of contemporary distribution options. Documentary Voice & Vision is a companion text to Mick Hurbis-Cherrier's Voice & Vision: A Creative Approach to Narrative Film and DV Production, and employs a similar style and approach to that classic text. This text is written from the perspective of documentary filmmakers, and includes myriad examples from the world of non-fiction filmmaking. A robust companion website featuring additional resources and interactive figures accompanies the book.
Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and Video by
This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling, and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators--one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music, and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio--this book teaches nonfiction producers, filmmakers, and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors' own experiences, interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style, the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such, it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers, directors, and producers, or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises, production sound layout diagrams, templates, and other resources.
Sound and Image by
Sound and Image: Aesthetics and Practices brings together international artist scholars to explore diverse sound and image practices, applying critical perspectives to interrogate and evaluate both the aesthetics and practices that underpin the audiovisual. Contributions draw upon established discourses in electroacoustic music, media art history, film studies, critical theory and dance; framing and critiquing these arguments within the context of diverse audiovisual practices. The volume's interdisciplinary perspective contributes to the rich and evolving dialogue surrounding the audiovisual, demonstrating the value and significance of practice-informed theory, and theory derived from practice. The ideas and approaches explored within this book will find application in a wide range of contexts across the whole scope of audiovisuality, from visual music and experimental film, to narrative film and documentary, to live performance, sound design and into sonic art and electroacoustic music. This book is ideal for artists, composers and researchers investigating theoretical positions and compositional practices which bring together sound and image.
Soundings : documentary film and the listening experience
This book draws on the lived experience of sound's capacity to move and shake us in direct, subtle and profound ways through speech, location sound, and music in documentary film. The associative, connotative and sheer emotive power of sound has the capacity to move and shake us in a myriad of direct, subtle and often profound ways. The implications of this for its role as speech, location sound, and music in documentary film are far-reaching. The writers in this book draw on the lived experience of sound's resounding capacity as primary motivation for exploring these implications, united by the overarching theme of how listening is connected with acts of making sense both on its own terms and in conjunction with viewing. The resulting thirteen essays of Soundings: Documentary Film and the Listening Experience cover films made from WWII to the present day in locations across Europe and the Americas, and in styles ranging from political propaganda, industrial promotion and educative exposition, to more aesthetically-driven films taking their bearings from avant-garde art. The authors draw on their experience in scholarly research, practice-as-research, and in the aesthetic and technical practice of documentary filmmaking. This mix of perspectives aims to widen and deepen the outlook of the recent and growing academic interest in the topic of documentary film sound.
Television Production by
Gain the skills you need to succeed in the television industry and master the production process, from shooting and producing, to editing and distribution. This new and updated 17th edition of Television Production offers a thorough and practical guide to professional TV production techniques. Learn how to anticipate and quickly overcome commonly encountered problems in television production as author Jim Owens details each role and process, including the secrets of top-grade camerawork, persuasive lighting techniques, and effective sound treatment, as well as the subtle processes of scenic design, directing, and the art of video editing. Updated throughout, containing a range of new figures and diagrams, the 17th edition of this classic text includes: A discussion of the changing definition of "television" and how new technology alters viewing habits; Interviews with professionals in the industry about the challenges they face during the production process and the advice they would give to those trying to break into the production and television industries; A review of production practices and techniques for VR; A description of the latest cameras and equipment, including LED lighting and remote production; Guidance and techniques for low-budget, DIY-style productions; A comprehensive resource page for instructors, containing slides and testing materials to aid in the learning process can be found at www.routledge.com/cw/owens.
Voice and Vision by
Develop your creative voice while acquiring the practical skills and confidence to use it with this new and fully updated edition of Mick Hurbis-Cherrier's filmmaking bible, Voice & Vision. Written for independent filmmakers and film students who want a solid grounding in the tools, techniques, and processes of narrative film, this comprehensive manual covers all of the essentials while keeping artistic vision front and center. Hurbis-Cherrier walks the reader through every step of the process--from the transformation of an idea into a cinematic story, to the intricacies of promotion and distribution--and every detail in between. Features of this book include: Comprehensive technical information on video production and postproduction tools, allowing filmmakers to express themselves with any camera, in any format, and on any budget An emphasis on the collaborative filmmaking process, including the responsibilities and creative contributions of every principal member of the crew and cast A focus on learning to work successfully with available resources (time, equipment, budget, personnel, etc.) in order to turn limitations into opportunities Updated digital filmmaking workflow breakdowns for Rec. 709 HD, Log Format, and D-Cinema productions Substantial coverage of the sound tools and techniques used in film production and the creative impact of postproduction sound design An extensive discussion of digital cinematography fundamentals, including essential lighting and exposure control tools, common gamma profiles, the use of LUTs, and the role of color grading Abundant examples referencing contemporary and classic films from around the world Indispensible information on production safety, team etiquette, and set procedures. The third edition also features a robust companion website that includes eight award-winning example short films; interactive and high-resolution figures; downloadable raw footage; production forms and logs for preproduction, production, and postproduction; video examples that illustrate key concepts found within the book, and more. Whether you are using it in the classroom or are looking for a comprehensive reference to learn everything you need to know about the filmmaking process, Voice & Vision delivers all of the details in an accessible and reader-friendly format.
Advanced Visual Effects Compositing by
In Advanced Visual Effects Compositing: Techniques for Working with Problematic Footage, learn to tackle difficult visual effect composites in layer-based and node-based compositing programs. In this book, industry veteran and compositing expert Lee Lanier offers tips, tricks, techniques, and workflows for difficult visual effects shots, including poorly shot green screen, moving shots with no visible motion tracking marks, shots requiring three-dimensional (3D) elements that lack 3D renders, poor-quality stock footage, and incorrectly lit shots. Lanier details the common problems of visual effects shots and offers practical solutions using examples from Adobe After Effects and Blackmagic Design Fusion. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138668348) features video image sequences, 3D renders, and other tutorial materials, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques. The visual effects challenges covered in this book include: Chroma keying Motion tracking Relighting in the composite Repairing plates Replicating damage Adding depth with 2.5D Working with stock footage
The Art and Making of Pacific Rim Uprising by
Explore the epic art of Pacific Rim Uprising, the highly anticipated follow-up to the 2013 monster hit. The Art and Making of Pacific Rim Uprising takes readers behind the scenes and back into the heart of the epic battle between Kaiju and Jaegers. Showcasing the brilliant concept art behind the film and immersing fans in the creation of a true sci-fi epic, this book will be the ultimate exploration of one of the most anticipated films of 2018.
The Art and Making of Rampage by
The Art and Making of Rampage offers an exclusive behind-the-scenes look at this action-packed movie starring Dwayne Johnson and directed by Brad Peyton. Global megastar Dwayne Johnson headlines the action adventure Rampage, directed by Brad Peyton. Primatologist Davis Okoye (Johnson) shares an unshakable bond with George, the extraordinarily intelligent, silverback gorilla who has been in his care since birth. But a rogue genetic experiment gone awry mutates this gentle ape into a raging creature of enormous size. To make matters worse, it's soon discovered there are other similarly altered animals. As these newly created alpha predators tear across North America, destroying everything in their path, Okoye teams with a discredited genetic engineer to secure an antidote, fighting his way through an ever-changing battlefield, not only to halt a global catastrophe but to save the fearsome creature that was once his friend. The Art and Making of Rampage explores the creation of this blockbuster movie and provides an extraordinary behind-the-scenes look at the amazing design and concept art that brought this thrilling movie to life. Exclusive interviews with the cast and crew provide a closer look at the making of this action-packed movie. Filled with remarkable images and fascinating details, The Art and Making of Rampage is the ultimate guide for all fans.
The Art of Okja by
Meet Mija, a young girl who risks everything to prevent a powerful, multi-national company from kidnapping her best friend - a fascinating animal named Okja. This is the official art book to celebrate the beautiful new movie from director Bong Joon Ho (Snowpiercer, The Host) and Netflix. Featuring exclusive interviews with the director, Tilda Swinton, and key crew members, combined with concept artwork, candid set photography, and VFX material detailing the production process, this is a one of a kind book for a one of a kind movie.
Blender by
Learn 3D animation the easy way with this complete step-by-step guide Blender For Dummies is the quick and easy guide to learning 3D modeling and animation using the popular, free, open source Blender software. You'll learn how to create models, animate movement, and render well-lit scenes as you master the powerful features that rival the more expensive professional animation software. This third edition is updated to cover the latest features added in Blender, including digital sculpting with dynamic topology, rendering with the incredibly powerful Cycles renderer, and more advanced simulation tools. You'll learn the shortcuts and tricks that make creating animation a reality for anyone at any level. The companion web site provides access to additional tutorials that give you the confidence you need to start animating quickly. This useful guide blends the functionality of a reference with the hands-on learning that develops your skills and understanding in a flash. Create 3D objects with meshes, curves, and surfaces Add color, texture, shades, reflections, and transparencies Set your models in motion with animation and rigging Create expert-level scenes with lighting and camera placement If you want to learn 3D animation, but don't want to spend thousands of dollars getting started, Blender is just the solution you need. Blender For Dummies is the ultimate learning companion.
Digital Modeling by
Professional modeling is the foundation of every aspect of the 3D production pipeline and is essential to the success of any 3D computer graphics project. [digital] Modeling is unlike any other modeling book you've seen-it gets to the core of what it takes to create efficient production-ready models and demystifies the process of producing realistic and jaw-dropping graphics. Taking a software-neutral approach, it teaches you the essential skills and concepts that you can apply to modeling in any industry 3D software, such as 3ds Max, LightWave 3D, Maya, Modo, Silo, XSI, ZBrush and other leading programs.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2015 by
Expand your skills with complete Maya mastery Mastering Autodesk Maya is the ultimate guide to the popular 3D animation software. Author Todd Palamar draws on his extensive professional animation experience to help readers take their Maya skills to the next level. Written for those who already know the basics of this enormous program, the book covers advanced topics and professional techniques for modeling, animation, texturing, and visual effects. Fully updated to reflect Maya's latest features, the book takes a hands-on approach to instruction, providing readers with a diverse set of tutorials designed by real-world professionals to showcase 3D animation and visual techniques used in industry settings. Complete and comprehensive, the book makes an excellent desk reference for the working animator, and is an ideal resource for those seeking Maya certification. The unique combination of challenging material and practical instruction make this one-of-a-kind guide the ultimate Maya handbook. Topics include: Animation using inverse kinematics, keyframes, and deformers Hard surface and organic modeling Proper rigging techniques, and working with Maya Muscle Xgen, Paint Effects, and rendering with mental ray Texture mapping, compositing, nParticles, and more Virtual filmmaking and scene management The most complex skills are useless if they can't be applied, so the book emphasizes the practical, day-to-day uses of each skill, and discusses which solutions best fit which scenario. For the computer animation professional seeking a more in-depth mastery of this popular animation program, Mastering Autodesk Maya is an excellent investment in the future of your career.
[Digital] Visual Effects and Compositing by
In this latest book in the critically-acclaimed [digital] series from New Riders you'll learn all of the techniques and skills that will take you from beginner to visual effects (VFX) professional in just one book. Seasoned visual effects producer Jon Gress has refined the teaching of the skills and techniques presented in this book for over a decade to distill them down to the most effective methodology, delivered in a way that's both fun and easy to understand while being state-of-the-art for industry professionals. You'll start with a solid understanding of the basics of visual effects and compositing, the fundamentals of bluescreen and greenscreen keying, 3D texturing, cloning, wire and rig removal, rotoscoping, 2D and 3D motion tracking, and matchmoving. And then experiment with a wide range of 2D, 2.5D and 3D visual effects, including 3D CGI, crowd replication, face replacements, faking shadows, reflections and Z depth, atmospheric, smoke, cloud and heat FX, sky replacements, day-for-night and digital 3D HUD FX. Building on this strong foundation of compositing and visual effects, you'll be prepared for the advanced section of the book which teach skills, such as 2D, 2.5D and 3D digital matte painting and projections, film colorization, particle systems, fluid and rigid body dynamics, full digital environments, digital destruction, advanced lighting and rendering techniques, stereoscopic 3D, 2D to 3D conversions, and expert 3D and Photoshop extraction and modeling techniques that can only be described as magic! Throughout the lessons, you'll glean insider advice on cutting edge methods that even experienced professionals will find amazing. You'll learn everything you need to know to begin working in the world of visual effects as an industry professional. {u2022} All the info you need to go from beginner to professional in one book {u2022} Easily accessible teaching style from an instructor who has helped launch the careers of some of the best-known Hollywood visual effects specialists {u2022} Includes companion graphics files and videos to follow along with the lessons.
Adobe After Effects CS5 : visual effects and compositing : studio techniques by
This is the only book on the market to focus exclusively on the creation of visual effects for After Effects users, and is a one-stop resource for anyone who wants in-depth explanations that demystify the realm of visual effects and how they were created, thanks to veteran author Mark Christiansen39;s friendly and accessible style. A thoroughly packed, informative read, this masterful guide focuses on explaining the essential concepts, features, and techniques that are key to creating seamless movie-quality visual effects. Users who are comfortable with After Effects will find a helpful review of the fundamentals - managing footage, viewing and editing layers, animating type, and more - so they can learn how to work smarter and more efficiently. Readers of all levels will learn core techniques for effects compositing including color matching, keying, rotoscoping, motion tracking, emulating the camera, and concluding with using expressions in After Effects, written by contributor and expert Dan Ebberts. An incredibly useful appendix on scripting in After Effects is included as well, written by Adobe engineer Jeff Almasol. The final section of the book delves into creative explorations, demonstrating professional effects that are commonly seen in films and games which readers can re-create. Readers will also find comprehensive coverage of all that39;s new and makes this version of Adobe39;s effects programa must-have update, including the revolutionary new Roto Brush, all new effects such as the New Refine Matte effect, new support for Color Look-Up Tables, workflows that take advantage of the all-new 64-bit support, inclusion of third-party tools for additional creativity, and much more.
Advanced visual effects compositing : techniques for working with problematic footage by
In Advanced Visual Effects Compositing: Techniques for Working with Problematic Footage, learn to tackle difficult visual effect composites in layer-based and node-based compositing programs. In this book, industry veteran and compositing expert Lee Lanier offers tips, tricks, techniques, and workflows for difficult visual effects shots, including poorly shot green screen, moving shots with no visible motion tracking marks, shots requiring three-dimensional (3D) elements that lack 3D renders, poor-quality stock footage, and incorrectly lit shots. Lanier details the common problems of visual effects shots and offers practical solutions using examples from Adobe After Effects and Blackmagic Design Fusion. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138668348) features video image sequences, 3D renders, and other tutorial materials, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques. The visual effects challenges covered in this book include: Chroma keying Motion tracking Relighting in the composite Repairing plates Replicating damage Adding depth with 2.5D Working with stock footage
Autodesk Smoke Essentials by
Autodesk Smoke for Mac combines familiar tools for non-linear video editing with powerful features for digital compositing and visual effects creation, all within one seamless application. Busy post-production professionals can streamline effects-intensive projects by editing, compositing, and finishing within a single environment. Learn to harness these myriad capabilities with Autodesk Smoke Essentials. This practical book walks you through the fundamentals of the Smoke toolset with basic lessons, step-by-step instruction, and professional video footage covering each area of Autodesk Smoke functionality. It includes downloadable, hands-on project files drawn from Alexis Van Hurkman's narrative short, "The Place Where You Live," so you start doing and learning right away using real-world examples. Autodesk Smoke Essentials covers every aspect of Smoke you need to acquire a solid foundation of the software: The Smoke interface inside and out, including all key tools Managing media with the MediaHub and Media Library Editing and trimming clips in a timeline to assemble and polish an edit Creating transitions, adding dissolves, and using Timewarp Building basic composites using the Axis effect How to use ConnectFX (CFX) and the Action Node for advanced compositing Working with audio clips, and adding and mixing audio, music, and sound effects Techniques for color correction and styling titles and credits
Avid Editing, 6th Edition by
Completely updated for current HD, UHD, 2K, and 4K workflows, Avid Editing blends the art and aesthetics of motion picture editing with technical, hands-on instruction. Appropriate for beginners and intermediate users who need to refresh their knowledge of essential post-production techniques, this fully revamped and full-color sixth edition is also an excellent tool for editors coming to Avid from other non-linear editing platforms. Topics covered include trimming, audio, effects, titles, color correction, customization, inputting, and outputting. A robust accompanying online eResource features professionally shot footage and Avid project files, allowing readers to work alongside the lessons taught in the book. The new edition covers: Avid Media Composer licensing choices Changes to the Avid user interface Basic and advanced visual effects Mastering Avid's audio tools Exploring Avid's Title Tool and NewBlue Titler Pro Understanding double-system sound techniques Syncing picture and sound files Understanding and applying LUTs The latest HD, UHD, 2K, and 4K Workflows.
Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production by
Now available in an updated, 2nd edition, The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production: The People and The Process, 2/e, discusses the entire production process for film and digital media, and provides you with a comprehensive view of production in the field, at live events, for mobile content and for animation. This book covers all aspects of the production process and readers learn the nuts and bolts of film and digital production from pre-production through delivery. This edition will make your production experience more marketable to an ever-expanding and converging industry.
Digital Modeling by
Professional modeling is the foundation of every aspect of the 3D production pipeline and is essential to the success of any 3D computer graphics project. [digital] Modeling is unlike any other modeling book you've seen-it gets to the core of what it takes to create efficient production-ready models and demystifies the process of producing realistic and jaw-dropping graphics. Taking a software-neutral approach, it teaches you the essential skills and concepts that you can apply to modeling in any industry 3D software, such as 3ds Max, LightWave 3D, Maya, Modo, Silo, XSI, ZBrush and other leading programs.
Digital Visual Effects in Cinema by
Avatar. Inception. Jurassic Park. Lord of the Rings. Ratatouille. Not only are these some of the highest-grossing films of all time, they are also prime examples of how digital visual effects have transformed Hollywood filmmaking. Some critics, however, fear that this digital revolution marks a radical break with cinematic tradition, heralding the death of serious realistic movies in favor of computer-generated pure spectacle. Digital Visual Effects in Cinema counters this alarmist reading, by showing how digital effects-driven films should be understood as a continuation of the narrative and stylistic traditions that have defined American cinema for decades. Stephen Prince argues for an understanding of digital technologies as an expanded toolbox, available to enhance both realist films and cinematic fantasies. He offers a detailed exploration of each of these tools, from lighting technologies to image capture to stereoscopic 3D. Integrating aesthetic, historical, and theoretical analyses of digital visual effects, Digital Visual Effects in Cinema is an essential guide for understanding movie-making today.
The Digitization of Cinematic Visual Effects by
The Digitization of Cinematic Visual Effects: Hollywood's Coming of Age, by Rama Venkatasawmy, analyzes how the Hollywood cinema industry's visual effects applications have not only motivated the expansion of filmmaking praxis, they have also influenced the evolution of viewing pleasures and spectatorship experiences. Following the digitization of their associated technologies, VFX have been responsible for multiplying the strategies of representation and storytelling, as well as extending the range of stories that can potentially be told onscreen. By the same token, the visual standards of the Hollywood film's production and exhibition have been growing in sophistication. On the basis of displaying groundbreaking VFX--immaculately realized through the application of cutting-edge technologies and craftsmanship--and of projecting such a significant degree of visual innovation and originality, certain Hollywood movies have established techno-visual trends and industrial standards for subsequent filmmaking practice. Hollywood cinema's entry into the digital realm is intertwined with the intensification of conglomeratic practices within the movie business, the domain of techno-scientific R&D in filmmaking, and the unification of corporate media, information technology, and entertainment. Hence, the standardization of, and convergence toward, the digital medium is emblematic of Hollywood cinema's techno-industrial evolution in the late twentieth century. Accordingly, this volume identifies various synergies and partnerships--between VFX providers, movie studios, graphic designers, and more--that have emerged from a progressive growth of awareness in Hollywood of the digital medium's potential.
Hands-On Motion Graphics with Adobe After Effects CC by
Discover the techniques to enhance your videos with complex animations About This Book Design, animate, and sequence complete Motion Graphics Project Work with compositions & pre-compositions to create animations quickly. A practical guide to maximizing your motion graphics and visual effects skills Who This Book Is For This book is targeted at students, professionals, Youtubers, and people who are interested in video editing, animation, motion graphics. It is also for Illustrators who would like to put their creations in motion would very much like to read this book. What You Will Learn Create a lower third project for a TV show with complex layers Work with Shape Layer Animation to create an animated lyric video Explore the different tools to animate characters Use Text animation to create a dynamic film opening title Use professional-level visual effects to create a VFX project Model, light, and composite your 3d project in After Effects In Detail Adobe After Effects is one of those tools that will help you enhance your videos and bring life to it. Video Editors, YouTubers use After Effects to implement Visual Effects and Motion Graphics in their videos. Hands-On Motion Graphics with Adobe After Effects CC shows you the basics, intermediate and advanced techniques in Adobe After Effects CC 2018. You will start by setting up your editing environment to learning and improving techniques to better your videos. Furthermore, you will work with basic and advanced special effects to create, modify, and optimize motion graphics your videos. Lastly, you will not only learn how to create a 2.5D animation but also learn how to use Cinema 4D Lite to build and animate complete 3D scenes. With the help of projects, you will learn to package a whole video efficiently by the end of the book. Downloading the example code for this book. You can download the example code files for all Packt books you have purchased from your account at http://www.PacktPub.com. If you purchased this book elsewhere, you can visit http://www.PacktPub.com/support and register to have the code file.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2013 by
Provides hands-on intermediate-to-advanced coverage of the leading 3D software Maya is the industry-leading 3D animation and effects software used in movies, visual effects, games, and other genres. For intermediate and advanced users who already know Maya basics, this official Maya guide provides the detailed coverage you need to unlock the software's more complex features. Elevate your skills in modeling, texturing, animation, and visual effects, and gain proficiency in high-level techniques for film, television, game development, and more. Artists who are already proficient in Maya basics can elevate their skills and increase their marketability with the techniques in this official Maya guide This fully updated book brings you up to speed on Maya's latest features and expands your skills with advanced instruction on cloth, fur, and fluids Offers intermediate-level projects on Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, Assets, rendering with mental ray, and more Offers challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios from some of the leading professionals in the industry Provides valuable insight into the entire CG production pipeline Mastering Autodesk Maya gives the serious Maya student a head start toward a successful career in 3D animation.
Nuke 101 : professional compositing and visual effects by
Annotation This start-to-finish, complete guide to Nuke will give you the foundations on the state-of-the-art visual effects software used by professionals in the film and television industries. Along with the hard-won advice and techniques from expert compositor and teacher Ron Ganbar, each chapter covers a complete lesson in the fundamentals, with step-by-step instructions included so you can easily follow along and start using the program right away. The projects used throughout the book are based on real-world examples of professional productions and project files are included with each chapter so you can work through all the examples. After discovering how to use the tools and understanding the compositing workflow, you'll learn about basic and advanced compositing techniques, color correction, RotoPaint, keying, and tracking, as well as more advanced topics such as CGI and the 3D engine. In addition, you'll learn about:* Working with nodes and process trees* Using CGI passes in Nuke to control 3D render looks* Camera Tracking techniques to combine 2D and 3D elements* Camera Projection to turn a single frame into moving images* Gizmos and all about creating your own tools in Nuke* Stereoscopic compositingRon Ganbar has been a compositor since 1996 and visual effects instructor since 2001. He currently works on a variety of projects as a gun for hire as compositor, consultant, VFX supervisor, and trainer. Ron was made a "Teacher's Trainer" by Apple for Shake in 2005 and has written, taught, and evaluated courses for the National Film and Television School, Apple, Peachpit Press, Westminster University, and others."As both a talented compositor (with years of in-the-trenches experience) and an excellent teacher, Ron Ganbar has the unique ability to make even the most difficult concepts crystal clear. If you want to get up and running with Nuke as quickly as possible then start by buying this book!"--Ron Brinkmann, author of The Art and Science of Digital Compositing.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Film to view and download articles/readings for your research:
